ERserver
iSeries
Operating System/400 Commands
Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
Version 5 Release 3


ERserver
iSeries
Operating System/400 Commands
Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
Version 5 Release 3
 Note
Before using this information and the product it supports, be sure to read the information in
“Notices,” on page 321.

First Edition (May 2004)

This edition applies to version 5, release 3, modification 0 of Operating System/400 (product number 5722-SS1) and
to all subsequent releases and modifications until otherwise indicated in new editions. This version does not run on
all reduced instruction set computer (RISC) models nor does it run on CICS models.
© Copyright International Business Machines Corporation 1998, 2004. All rights reserved.
US Government Users Restricted Rights – Use, duplication or disclosure restricted by GSA ADP Schedule Contract
with IBM Corp.
Contents
Delete Form Definition (DLTFORMDF) . . 1 Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Form definition (FORMDF) . . . . . . . . . 1
Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Delete Job Queue (DLTJOBQ) . . . . . 21
Error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Job queue (JOBQ) . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Delete Filter (DLTFTR). . . . . . . . . 3 Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Filter (FILTER) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Delete Journal (DLTJRN) . . . . . . . 25
Error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Journal (JRN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Delete Graphic Symbol Set (DLTGSS) . . 5 Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Graphics symbol set (GSS) . . . . . . . . . . 5
Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Delete Journal Receiver (DLTJRNRCV) 29
Error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Journal receiver (JRNRCV) . . . . . . . . . 30
Delete DBCS Conversion Dict Option (DLTOPT) . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
(DLTIGCDCT) . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
DBCS conversion dictionary (IGCDCT) . . . . . 7
Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Delete Java Program (DLTJVAPGM) . . 35
Error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Class file or JAR file (CLSF) . . . . . . . . . 35
Delete DBCS Sort Table (DLTIGCSRT) . . 9 Directory subtree (SUBTREE) . . . . . . . . 36
Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
DBCS sort table (IGCSRT) . . . . . . . . . . 9 Error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Delete library (DLTLIB) . . . . . . . . 37
Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Delete DBCS Font Table (DLTIGCTBL) 11 Library (LIB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 ASP device (ASPDEV) . . . . . . . . . . . 38
DBCS font table (IGCTBL) . . . . . . . . . 11 Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Delete Licensed Program (DLTLICPGM) 41
Delete Image Catalog (DLTIMGCLG) . . 13 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Product (LICPGM) . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Image catalog (IMGCLG) . . . . . . . . . . 13 Optional part to be deleted (OPTION) . . . . . 42
Keep optical image files (KEEP) . . . . . . . 13 Release (RLS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Language for licensed program (LNG) . . . . . 42
Error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Delete IPX Description (DLTIPXD) . . . 15
Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Delete Line Description (DLTLIND) . . . 45
IPX description (IPXD) . . . . . . . . . . 15 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Line description (LIND) . . . . . . . . . . 45
Error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Delete Job Description (DLTJOBD). . . 17
Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Delete Locale (DLTLOCALE) . . . . . 47
Job description (JOBD) . . . . . . . . . . 17 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Locale name (LOCALE) . . . . . . . . . . 47

© Copyright IBM Corp. 1998, 2004 iii

Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Node group (NODGRP) . . . . . . . . . . 77
Error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Delete Media Definition (DLTMEDDFN) 49
Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Delete Node List (DLTNODL) . . . . . 81
Media definition (MEDDFN) . . . . . . . . 49 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Node list (NODL) . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Delete Management Collection
(DLTMGTCOL) . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Delete NetBIOS Descriptions
Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 (DLTNTBD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Management collection (MGTCOL) . . . . . . 53 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 NetBIOS description (NTBD) . . . . . . . . 85
Error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Delete Menu (DLTMNU) . . . . . . . . 55
Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Delete NetWare Volume (DLTNTWVOL) 87
Menu (MENU) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Delete referenced objects (DLTREFOBJ) . . . . . 56 Volume (VOL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Server (SERVER) . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Dismount (DISMOUNT) . . . . . . . . . . 87
Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Delete Module (DLTMOD) . . . . . . . 59 Error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Module (MODULE) . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Delete Network Interface Desc
Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 (DLTNWID) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Network interface description (NWID) . . . . . 89
Delete Mode Description (DLTMODD) 63 Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Mode description (MODD) . . . . . . . . . 63
Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Delete Network Server Desc
Error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 (DLTNWSD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Delete Message File (DLTMSGF) . . . . 65 Network server description (NWSD) . . . . . . 91
Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Message file (MSGF) . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 Delete NWS Storage Space
(DLTNWSSTG) . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Delete Message Queue (DLTMSGQ) . . 69 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 Network server storage space (NWSSTG) . . . . 93
Message queue (MSGQ) . . . . . . . . . . 69 Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Delete Output Queue (DLTOUTQ) . . . 95
Delete Network File (DLTNETF) . . . . 73 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 Output queue (OUTQ) . . . . . . . . . . 95
File (FILE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Member (MBR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 Error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
File number (NBR) . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
User (USER) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Delete Overlay (DLTOVL) . . . . . . . 99
Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Overlay (OVL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Delete Node Group (DLTNODGRP) . . . 77 Error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77

iv iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
Delete Override (DLTOVR) . . . . . . 101 Delete Problem (DLTPRB) . . . . . . 127
Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Overridden file (FILE) . . . . . . . . . . 101 Problem identifier (PRBID) . . . . . . . . . 127
Call level (LVL). . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 Status type (STATUS) . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 Days (DAYS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 Origin (ORIGIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Delete Override Pgm Dev Entry Error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
(DLTOVRDEVE) . . . . . . . . . . 103
Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 Delete PSF Configuration
Overridden program device (PGMDEV) . . . . 103 (DLTPSFCFG) . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Call level (LVL). . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 PSF configuration (PSFCFG) . . . . . . . . 131
Error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Delete Page Definition (DLTPAGDFN) 107
Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 Delete Program Temporary Fix
Page definition (PAGDFN) . . . . . . . . . 107 (DLTPTF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 PTF (PTF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Product (LICPGM) . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Delete Page Segment (DLTPAGSEG) 109 Release (RLS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 Delete duplicate PTF numbers (DLTDUPPTF) . . 134
Page segment (PAGSEG) . . . . . . . . . 109 Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 Error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Delete Query Management Form
Delete PDF Map (DLTPDFMAP) . . . . 113 (DLTQMFORM) . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
PDF map (PDFMAP) . . . . . . . . . . . 113 Query management report form (QMFORM) . . . 137
Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 Error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138

Delete Print Descriptor Group Delete Query Management Query

(DLTPDG) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 (DLTQMQRY) . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Print descriptor group (PDG) . . . . . . . . 115 Query management query (QMQRY) . . . . . 139
Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 Error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140

Delete PEX Data (DLTPEXDTA) . . . . 119 Delete Query (DLTQRY) . . . . . . . 141

Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Data member (DTAMBR) . . . . . . . . . 119 Query (QRY Parameter) . . . . . . . . . . 141
Data library (DTALIB) . . . . . . . . . . 119 Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 Error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Delete Questions and Answers
Delete Program (DLTPGM) . . . . . . 121 (DLTQST) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Program (PGM) . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 Q/A database (QSTDB) . . . . . . . . . . 143
Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 Lib containing Q/A database (LIB) . . . . . . 144
Error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Delete Panel Group (DLTPNLGRP) 125
Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 Delete Q/A Database (DLTQSTDB) . . 145
Panel group (PNLGRP) . . . . . . . . . . 125 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 Q/A database (QSTDB) . . . . . . . . . . 145
Error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 Lib containing Q/A database (LIB) . . . . . . 145

Contents v
Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 Category (CGY) . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Delete Subsystem Description
(DLTSBSD) . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 Delete Table (DLTTBL) . . . . . . . 175
Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Subsystem description (SBSD) . . . . . . . . 147 Table (TBL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 Error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176

Delete Search Index (DLTSCHIDX) . . 151 Delete Time Zone Description

Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 (DLTTIMZON) . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Search index (SCHIDX) . . . . . . . . . . 151 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152 Time zone description (TIMZON) . . . . . . 179
Error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152 Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Delete Spelling Aid Dictionary
(DLTSPADCT) . . . . . . . . . . . 155 Delete Trace (DLTTRC) . . . . . . . 181
Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Spelling aid dictionary (SPADCT) . . . . . . 155 Data member (DTAMBR) . . . . . . . . . 181
Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156 Data library (DTALIB) . . . . . . . . . . 181
Error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156 Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
Error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
Delete Spooled File (DLTSPLF) . . . . 157
Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 Delete User-Defined FS (DLTUDFS) 183
Spooled file (FILE) . . . . . . . . . . . 157 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
Job name (JOB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158 User-defined file system (UDFS) . . . . . . . 183
Spooled file number (SPLNBR) . . . . . . . 158 Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
Job system name (JOBSYSNAME) . . . . . . 158 Error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
Spooled file created (CRTDATE) . . . . . . . 159
Select files for (SELECT) . . . . . . . . . . 159 Delete User Index (DLTUSRIDX) . . . 185
ASP device (ASPDEV) . . . . . . . . . . 160 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 User index (USRIDX) . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Delete SQL Package (DLTSQLPKG) 163
Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 Delete User Profile (DLTUSRPRF) . . . 189
SQL package (SQLPKG) . . . . . . . . . . 163 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 User profile (USRPRF) . . . . . . . . . . 190
Error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 Owned object option (OWNOBJOPT) . . . . . 191
Primary group option (PGPOPT) . . . . . . . 191
Delete Service Configuration EIM association (EIMASSOC) . . . . . . . . 192
(DLTSRVCFG) . . . . . . . . . . . 167 Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 Error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Service (SERVICE) . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Delete communications config (DLTCMNCFG) . . 167 Delete User Queue (DLTUSRQ) . . . . 195
Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 User queue (USRQ) . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
Delete Service Program Error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
(DLTSRVPGM) . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 Delete User Space (DLTUSRSPC) . . . 199
Service program (SRVPGM) . . . . . . . . 169 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170 User space (USRSPC) . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170 Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
Error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
Delete Tape Category (DLTTAPCGY) 173
Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173 Delete User Trace (DLTUSRTRC) . . . 203

vi iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
Job name (JOB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203 Document library object (DLO) . . . . . . . 223
Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204 In folder (FLR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204 System object name (SYSOBJNAM) . . . . . . 224
System object attributes (SYSOBJATR) . . . . . 224
Delete Validation List (DLTVLDL) . . . 205 Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205 Error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
Validation list (VLDL) . . . . . . . . . . 205
Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206 Dump Job (DMPJOB) . . . . . . . . 227
Error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Program to dump (PGM) . . . . . . . . . 227
Delete WSCST (DLTWSCST) . . . . . 207 Job structure areas (JOBARA) . . . . . . . . 228
Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207 Objects referenced by address (ADROBJ) . . . . 229
Workstation customizing object (WSCST) . . . . 207 Job threads (JOBTHD) . . . . . . . . . . 229
Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207 Thread ID to include (SLTTHD) . . . . . . . 229
Error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208 Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
Error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
Delay Job (DLYJOB) . . . . . . . . 209
Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209 Dump Job Internal (DMPJOBINT) . . . 233
Job delay time (DLY) . . . . . . . . . . . 209 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
Resume job time (RSMTIME) . . . . . . . . 209 Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210 Error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
Error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Dump Java Virtual Machine (DMPJVM) 235
Dump Object (DMP) . . . . . . . . . 211 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211 Job name (JOB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
Object (OBJ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211 Stack frames (STACKFRAME) . . . . . . . . 236
Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212 Duplicate job option (DUPJOBOPT) . . . . . . 236
Error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212 Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
Error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
Dump CL Program (DMPCLPGM) . . . 213
Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213 Dump Object (DMPOBJ) . . . . . . . 239
Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
Error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213 Object (OBJ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
Object type (OBJTYPE) . . . . . . . . . . 240
Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
Dump Cluster Trace (DMPCLUTRC) 215
Error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Cluster (CLUSTER) . . . . . . . . . . . 216
Cluster resource group (CRG) . . . . . . . . 216 Dump System Object (DMPSYSOBJ) 243
Node identifier (NODE) . . . . . . . . . . 216 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
Configuration object type (LEVEL) . . . . . . 216 Object (OBJ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
Physical file (FILE) . . . . . . . . . . . 217 Context or library (CONTEXT) . . . . . . . 244
Overwrite option (OVERWRITE) . . . . . . . 217 Internal object type (TYPE) . . . . . . . . . 245
Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217 Internal object subtype (SUBTYPE) . . . . . . 245
Error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218 Object type (OBJTYPE) . . . . . . . . . . 245
Hexadecimal offsets (OFFSET) . . . . . . . . 246
Area of space to dump (SPACE) . . . . . . . 246
Dump Communications Trace
Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
(DMPCMNTRC) . . . . . . . . . . . 219 Error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Configuration object (CFGOBJ) . . . . . . . 219
Dump Tape (DMPTAP). . . . . . . . 251
Type (CFGTYPE) . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
To stream file (TOSTMF) . . . . . . . . . 220
Device (DEV) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
Replace file (REPLACE) . . . . . . . . . . 220
Volume identifier (VOL) . . . . . . . . . . 252
Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
Range of sequence numbers (SEQNBR) . . . . . 252
Error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
File label (LABEL) . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
Data file information to dump (TYPE) . . . . . 253
Dump Document Library Object Data blocks to dump (DTABLK) . . . . . . . 254
(DMPDLO) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223 Dump volume label (VOLLBL) . . . . . . . 255

Contents vii
Code (CODE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255 Display Access Code (DSPACC) . . . 281
End of tape option (ENDOPT) . . . . . . . . 255 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255 Output (OUTPUT). . . . . . . . . . . . 281
Error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255 Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
Error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
Dump Trace (DMPTRC) . . . . . . . 259
Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259 Display Access Code Authority
Member (MBR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259 (DSPACCAUT) . . . . . . . . . . . 283
Library (LIB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283
Job queue (JOBQ) . . . . . . . . . . . . 260 User profile (USER) . . . . . . . . . . . 283
Text ’description’ (TEXT) . . . . . . . . . 260 Output (OUTPUT). . . . . . . . . . . . 283
Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260 Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
Error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261 Error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284

Dump User Trace (DMPUSRTRC) . . . 263 Display Active Prestart Jobs

Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
(DSPACTPJ) . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
Job name (JOB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
Trace record identifiers (TRCRCID) . . . . . . 264
Subsystem (SBS) . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
Output (OUTPUT). . . . . . . . . . . . 264
Program (PGM) . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
Thread IDs to include (SLTTHD) . . . . . . . 264
Output (OUTPUT). . . . . . . . . . . . 286
Thread IDs to exclude (OMTTHD) . . . . . . 264
Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
Error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
Error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265

Do Group (DO) . . . . . . . . . . . 267 Display Active Profile List

Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267 (DSPACTPRFL). . . . . . . . . . . 287
Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
Error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268 Output (OUTPUT). . . . . . . . . . . . 287
Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
Error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
Do For (DOFOR) . . . . . . . . . . 269
Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
CL variable name (VAR) . . . . . . . . . . 269 Display Activation Schedule
From value (FROM) . . . . . . . . . . . 270 (DSPACTSCD) . . . . . . . . . . . 289
To value (TO) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
By value (BY) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 Output (OUTPUT). . . . . . . . . . . . 289
Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271 Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
Error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271 Error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289

Do Until (DOUNTIL) . . . . . . . . . 273 Display APPN Information

Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273 (DSPAPPNINF) . . . . . . . . . . . 291
Condition (COND) . . . . . . . . . . . 273 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273 Type of information (INFTYPE) . . . . . . . 291
Error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274 Nodes (NODES) . . . . . . . . . . . . 292
Session type (SSNTYPE) . . . . . . . . . . 292
Do While (DOWHILE) . . . . . . . . 275 Job name (JOB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292
Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275 Controller description (CTL) . . . . . . . . 293
Condition (COND) . . . . . . . . . . . 275 Output (OUTPUT). . . . . . . . . . . . 293
Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275 File to receive output (OUTFILE) . . . . . . . 293
Error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276 Output member options (OUTMBR) . . . . . . 294
Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
Disconnect Job (DSCJOB) . . . . . . 277 Error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
Job log (LOG) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277 Display Audit Journal Entries
Drop line (DROP) . . . . . . . . . . . . 278 (DSPAUDJRNE) . . . . . . . . . . 297
Job name (JOB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
Duplicate job option (DUPJOBOPT) . . . . . . 278 Journal entry types (ENTTYP) . . . . . . . . 298
Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279 User profile (USRPRF) . . . . . . . . . . 299
Error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279 Journal receiver searched (JRNRCV) . . . . . . 299
Starting date and time (FROMTIME) . . . . . 300

viii iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
Ending date and time (TOTIME) . . . . . . . 300 Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
Output (OUTPUT). . . . . . . . . . . . 301 Error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
Error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301 Display Authorization List DLO
(DSPAUTLDLO) . . . . . . . . . . 315
Display Authority (DSPAUT) . . . . . 303 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303 Authorization list (AUTL) . . . . . . . . . 315
Object (OBJ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303 Output (OUTPUT). . . . . . . . . . . . 315
Output (OUTPUT). . . . . . . . . . . . 304 Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316
Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304 Error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316
Error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
Display Authorization List Obj
Display Authority Holder (DSPAUTLOBJ) . . . . . . . . . . 317
(DSPAUTHLR) . . . . . . . . . . . 307 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317
Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307 Authorization list (AUTL) . . . . . . . . . 317
Output (OUTPUT). . . . . . . . . . . . 307 Output (OUTPUT). . . . . . . . . . . . 317
File to receive output (OUTFILE) . . . . . . . 308 File to receive output (OUTFILE) . . . . . . . 318
Output member options (OUTMBR) . . . . . . 308 Output member options (OUTMBR) . . . . . . 318
Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309 Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319
Error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309 Error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319

Display Authorization List (DSPAUTL) 311 Appendix. Notices . . . . . . . . . 321

Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311 Trademarks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322
Authorization list (AUTL) . . . . . . . . . 311 Terms and conditions for downloading and
Output (OUTPUT) . . . . . . . . . . . . 311 printing publications . . . . . . . . . . . 323
File to receive output (OUTFILE) . . . . . . . 312 Code disclaimer information . . . . . . . . 323
Output member options (OUTMBR) . . . . . . 312

Contents ix
x iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
Delete Form Definition (DLTFORMDF)
Where allowed to run: All environments (*ALL) Parameters
Threadsafe: No Examples
Error messages

The Delete Form Definition (DLTFORMDF) command deletes a form definition from the specified library.
If the form definition is found, it is deleted. If the form definition is not found, a message is sent to the
user stating that the form definition could not be found.
Top

Parameters
Keyword Description Choices Notes
FORMDF Form definition Qualified object name Required,
Positional 1
Qualifier 1: Form definition Generic name, name
Qualifier 2: Library Name, *LIBL, *CURLIB, *USRLIBL, *ALL, *ALLUSR

Top

Form definition (FORMDF)

Specifies the name and library of the form definition to be deleted. A specific form definition or a generic
form definition can be specified. Either type can be optionally qualified by a library name.

This is a required parameter.

The possible library values are:

*LIBL All libraries in the library list for the current thread are searched until the first match is found.
*CURLIB
The current library for the job is searched for form definitions to delete. If no library is specified
as the current library for the job, QGPL is used.
*USRLIBL
If a current library entry exists in the library list for the current thread, the current library and the
libraries in the user portion of the library list are searched. If there is no current library entry,
only the libraries in the user portion of the library list are searched.
*ALL All libraries in the system, including QSYS, are searched.
*ALLUSR
All user libraries are searched. All libraries with names that do not begin with the letter Q are
searched except for the following:
#CGULIB #DSULIB #SEULIB
#COBLIB #RPGLIB
#DFULIB #SDALIB
Although the following Qxxx libraries are provided by IBM, they typically contain user data that
changes frequently. Therefore, these libraries are considered user libraries and are also searched:

© Copyright IBM Corp. 1998, 2004 1

 QDSNX QRCLxxxxx QUSRIJS QUSRVxRxMx
QGPL QSRVAGT QUSRINFSKR
QGPL38 QSYS2 QUSRNOTES
QMGTC QSYS2xxxxx QUSROND
QMGTC2 QS36F QUSRPOSGS
QMPGDATA QUSER38 QUSRPOSSA
QMQMDATA QUSRADSM QUSRPYMSVR
QMQMPROC QUSRBRM QUSRRDARS
QPFRDATA QUSRDIRCL QUSRSYS
QRCL QUSRDIRDB QUSRVI
1. ’xxxxx’ is the number of a primary auxiliary storage pool (ASP).
2. A different library name, in the format QUSRVxRxMx, can be created by the user for each
previous release supported by IBM to contain any user commands to be compiled in a CL
program for the previous release. For the QUSRVxRxMx user library, VxRxMx is the version,
release, and modification level of a previous release that IBM continues to support.

The possible values are:

form-definition-name
Specify the name of the form definition to delete.
generic*-form-definition-name
Specify the generic name of the form definition to delete. A generic name a character string that
contains one or more characters followed by an asterisk (*). If a generic name is specified, then all
form definitions that have names with the same prefix as the generic form definition are deleted.
Top

Examples
Example 1: Deleting the First Occurrence of a Specified Form Definition
DLTFORMDF FORMDF(*LIBL/FORMDF1)

This command deletes the first occurrence of FORMDF1 if it was found in the library list.

Example 2: Deleting All Occurrences of a Specified Form Definition

DLTFORMDF FORMDF(*ALLUSR/FORMDF1)

This command deletes all the form definitions named FORMDF1 in all user libraries. Libraries beginning
with a Q, except for the QGPL library, are not searched.

Example 3: Deleting Form Definitions That Begin With FD

DLTFORMDF FORMDF(*USERLIBL/FD*)

This command deletes all the form definitions that begin with FD in all the user libraries.
Top

Error messages
None
Top

2 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
Delete Filter (DLTFTR)
Where allowed to run: All environments (*ALL) Parameters
Threadsafe: No Examples
Error messages

The Delete Filter (DLTFTR) command deletes a filter object from the specified library.
Top

Parameters
Keyword Description Choices Notes
FILTER Filter Qualified object name Required,
Positional 1
Qualifier 1: Filter Generic name, name
Qualifier 2: Library Name, *LIBL, *CURLIB, *USRLIBL, *ALL, *ALLUSR

Top

Filter (FILTER)
Specifies the qualified name of the filter being deleted.

The possible library values are:

*LIBL All libraries in the library list for the current thread are searched until the first match is found.
*CURLIB
The current library is searched. If no library is specified as the current library for the job, the
QGPL library is used.
*USRLIBL
Only the libraries in the user portion of the job’s library list are searched.
*ALL All libraries in the system, including QSYS, are searched.
*ALLUSR
All user libraries are searched. All libraries with names that do not begin with the letter Q are
searched except for the following:
#CGULIB #DSULIB #SEULIB
#COBLIB #RPGLIB
#DFULIB #SDALIB
Although the following Qxxx libraries are provided by IBM, they typically contain user data that
changes frequently. Therefore, these libraries are considered user libraries and are also searched:
QDSNX QRCLxxxxx QUSRIJS QUSRVxRxMx
QGPL QSRVAGT QUSRINFSKR
QGPL38 QSYS2 QUSRNOTES
QMGTC QSYS2xxxxx QUSROND
QMGTC2 QS36F QUSRPOSGS
QMPGDATA QUSER38 QUSRPOSSA
QMQMDATA QUSRADSM QUSRPYMSVR
QMQMPROC QUSRBRM QUSRRDARS
QPFRDATA QUSRDIRCL QUSRSYS
QRCL QUSRDIRDB QUSRVI

© Copyright IBM Corp. 1998, 2004 3

 1. ’xxxxx’ is the number of a primary auxiliary storage pool (ASP).
2. A different library name, in the format QUSRVxRxMx, can be created by the user for each
previous release supported by IBM to contain any user commands to be compiled in a CL
program for the previous release. For the QUSRVxRxMx user library, VxRxMx is the version,
release, and modification level of a previous release that IBM continues to support.
library-name
Specify the name of the library to be searched.
filter-name
Specify the name of the filter being deleted.
generic*-filter-name
Specify the generic name of the filter being deleted. A generic name is a character string of one or
more characters followed by an asterisk (*); for example, ABC*. If a generic name is specified,
then all filters with names that begin with the generic name, and for which the user has
authority, are deleted. If an asterisk is not included with the generic (prefix) name, the system
assumes it to be the complete filter name.
Top

Examples
DLTFTR FILTER(MYLIB/MYFILTER)

This command deletes filter MYFILTER from library MYLIB.

Top

Error messages
None
Top

4 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
Delete Graphic Symbol Set (DLTGSS)
Where allowed to run: All environments (*ALL) Parameters
Threadsafe: No Examples
Error messages

The Delete Graphics Symbol Set (DLTGSS) command allows you to delete a graphics symbol set or group
of graphics symbol sets from one or more libraries.

Restriction: You must have object existence authority for the graphics symbol set to be deleted.
Top

Parameters
Keyword Description Choices Notes
GSS Graphics symbol set Qualified object name Required,
Positional 1
Qualifier 1: Graphics symbol Generic name, name
set
Qualifier 2: Library Name, *LIBL, *CURLIB, *USRLIBL, *ALL, *ALLUSR

Top

Graphics symbol set (GSS)

Specifies the name and library of the graphics symbol set(s) being deleted. A specific graphics symbol set
or a generic graphics symbol set can be specified; either type can be optionally qualified by a library
name.

This is a required parameter.

The possible values are:

graphics-symbol-set-name
Specify the name of the graphics symbol set being deleted.
generic*-graphics-symbol-set-name
Specify the generic name of the graphics symbol set that is being deleted. A generic name can be
specified as a character string that contains one or more characters followed by an asterisk (*).

Caution: If a generic name is specified for the GSS parameter, then all graphics symbol sets that have
names with the same prefix as the generic graphics symbol set are deleted.

The possible library values are:

*LIBL All libraries in the library list for the current thread are searched until the first match is found.
*CURLIB
The current library for the job is used to locate the graphics symbol set. If no current library entry
exists in the library list, QGPL is used.
*ALL All libraries in the system, including QSYS, are searched.

© Copyright IBM Corp. 1998, 2004 5

*ALLUSR
All user libraries are searched. All libraries with names that do not begin with the letter Q are
searched except for the following:
#CGULIB #DSULIB #SEULIB
#COBLIB #RPGLIB
#DFULIB #SDALIB
Although the following Qxxx libraries are provided by IBM, they typically contain user data that
changes frequently. Therefore, these libraries are considered user libraries and are also searched:
QDSNX QRCLxxxxx QUSRIJS QUSRVxRxMx
QGPL QSRVAGT QUSRINFSKR
QGPL38 QSYS2 QUSRNOTES
QMGTC QSYS2xxxxx QUSROND
QMGTC2 QS36F QUSRPOSGS
QMPGDATA QUSER38 QUSRPOSSA
QMQMDATA QUSRADSM QUSRPYMSVR
QMQMPROC QUSRBRM QUSRRDARS
QPFRDATA QUSRDIRCL QUSRSYS
QRCL QUSRDIRDB QUSRVI
1. ’xxxxx’ is the number of a primary auxiliary storage pool (ASP).
2. A different library name, in the format QUSRVxRxMx, can be created by the user for each
previous release supported by IBM to contain any user commands to be compiled in a CL
program for the previous release. For the QUSRVxRxMx user library, VxRxMx is the version,
release, and modification level of a previous release that IBM continues to support.
*USRLIBL
If a current library entry exists in the library list for the current thread, the current library and the
libraries in the user portion of the library list are searched. If there is no current library entry,
only the libraries in the user portion of the library list are searched.
library-name
Specify the library that is used. You must have operational authority for the library specified
here.
Top

Examples
DLTGSS GSS(ADMUVTIP)

This command deletes graphics symbol set ADMUVTIP from the system.
Top

Error messages
None
Top

6 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
Delete DBCS Conversion Dict (DLTIGCDCT)
Where allowed to run: All environments (*ALL) Parameters
Threadsafe: No Examples
Error messages

The Delete DBCS Conversion Dictionary (DLTIGCDCT) command deletes the specified double-byte
character set (DBCS) conversion dictionary from the system. The dictionary contains alphanumeric entries
and their related DBCS words. The system refers to DBCS conversion dictionaries when doing DBCS
conversion.

You must have the following authority to use this command:

v Object operational authority for this command
v Object operational and object existence authority for the dictionary
v Object operational authority to the library in which the dictionary is stored.
Top

Parameters
Keyword Description Choices Notes
IGCDCT DBCS conversion dictionary Qualified object name Required,
Positional 1
Qualifier 1: DBCS Generic name, name
conversion dictionary
Qualifier 2: Library Name, *LIBL, *CURLIB

Top

DBCS conversion dictionary (IGCDCT)

Specifies the double-byte character set (DBCS) conversion dictionary to be deleted and the library in
which it is stored.

This is a required parameter.

dictionary-name
Specify the DBCS conversion dictionary to be deleted.
generic*-name
Specify a group of dictionaries to be deleted. A generic name can be specified as a character
string that contains one or more characters followed by an asterisk (*).

The possible library values are:

*LIBL All libraries in the library list for the current thread are searched until the first match is found.
*CURLIB
The current library for the job is used to locate the dictionary. If no library is specified as the
current library for the job, QGPL is used.
library-name
Specify the library where the dictionary is located.

© Copyright IBM Corp. 1998, 2004 7

 Top

Examples
DLTIGCDCT IGCDCT(DBCSLIB/IGCDCT*)

This command causes the system to delete each DBCS conversion dictionary whose name starts with the
characters IGCDCT in library DBCSLIB.
Top

Error messages
*ESCAPE Messages
CPF2105
Object &1 in &2 type *&3 not found.
CPF2110
Library &1 not found.
CPF2114
Cannot allocate object &1 in &2 type *&3.
CPF2182
Not authorized to library &1.
CPF2189
Not authorized to object &1 in &2 type *&3.
Top

8 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
Delete DBCS Sort Table (DLTIGCSRT)
Where allowed to run: Parameters
v Interactive job (*INTERACT) Examples
Error messages
v Interactive program (*IPGM)
v Batch REXX procedure (*BREXX)
v Interactive REXX procedure (*IREXX)
v Using QCMDEXEC, QCAEXEC, or QCAPCMD API (*EXEC)
Threadsafe: No

The DLTIGCSRT (Delete DBCS Sort Table) command deletes a DBCS sort table (object type *IGCSRT)
from the system.
Top

Parameters
Keyword Description Choices Notes
IGCSRT DBCS sort table Qualifier list Optional,
Positional 1
Qualifier 1: DBCS sort table Name

Top

DBCS sort table (IGCSRT)

Specifies the name of the DBCS sort table object. This table must exist in library QSYS.

The possible values are:

table-name
The name of the DBCS sort table object.
Top

Examples
None
Top

Error messages
Unknown
Top

© Copyright IBM Corp. 1998, 2004 9

10 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
Delete DBCS Font Table (DLTIGCTBL)
Where allowed to run: All environments (*ALL) Parameters
Threadsafe: No Examples
Error messages

The Delete DBCS Font Table (DLTIGCTBL) command deletes the specified double-byte character set
(DBCS) font table from the system. DBCS font tables contain the images of double-byte extension
characters used on your system and are used for displaying and printing these characters in various
matrix sizes, depending on the matrix used by the device. You might consider deleting a table that
displays and prints characters in a dot matrix pattern not used by your system. Deleting the table saves
system storage. Before deleting a table, you also might consider copying it to tape or diskette for future
use. To copy a table to tape or diskette, see the Copy DBCS Font Table (CPYIGCTBL) command.

Additional Considerations:

Do not delete a DBCS font table if any device attached to the system and currently varied on uses that
table. If you delete the table, the system sends you a message identifying the following:
v Devices using the deleted tables
v Devices attached to the same controllers such as devices using the table being deleted
v Controllers that will be damaged the next time you try to print or display extension characters on
those devices.

If such a problem occurs, do the following:

1. Vary off the affected devices (VRYCFG command).
2. Vary off the affected control unit.
3. Vary on the affected control unit.
4. Vary on the affected devices.
5. Continue normal system work.

For example, do not delete QIGC2424 when a Japanese 5555 display is varied on.
Top

Parameters
Keyword Description Choices Notes
IGCTBL DBCS font table Name, QIGC2424, QIGC2424K, QIGC2424C, QIGC2424S, Optional,
QIGC3232, QIGC3232S Positional 1

Top

DBCS font table (IGCTBL)

Specifies the name of the double-byte character set (DBCS) font table being deleted.
QIGC2424
The Japanese DBCS font table used for displaying and printing extension characters in a 24 by 24
dot matrix image is deleted.

© Copyright IBM Corp. 1998, 2004 11

QIGC2424C
The Traditional Chinese DBCS font table used for printing extension characters in a 24 by 24 dot
matrix image is deleted.
QIGC2424K
The Korean DBCS font table used for printing extension characters in a 24 by 24 dot matrix
image is deleted.
QIGC2424S
The Simplified Chinese DBCS font table used for printing extension characters in a 24 by 24 dot
matrix image is deleted.
QIGC3232
The Japanese DBCS font table used for displaying and printing extension characters in a 32 by 32
dot matrix image is deleted.
QIGC3232S
The Simplified Chinese DBCS font table is used for printing extension characters in a 32 by 32
dot matrix image is deleted.
QIGCrrccl
Specify the name of the DBCS font table to be deleted. The name must always be in the format
QIGCrrccl, where rr is the table row matrix size, cc is the table column matrix size, and l is an
optional language identifier.
Top

Examples
DLTIGCTBL IGCTBL(QIGC2424)

This command deletes the Japanese DBCS font table QIGC2424.

Top

Error messages
*ESCAPE Messages
CPF8422
Not able to use DBCS font table &1.
CPF8425
Cancel reply received for message &1.
CPF9830
Cannot assign library &1.
Top

12 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
Delete Image Catalog (DLTIMGCLG)
Where allowed to run: All environments (*ALL) Parameters
Threadsafe: No Examples
Error messages

The Delete Image Catalog (DLTIMGCLG) command is used to delete an image catalog object (*IMGCLG)
from library QUSRSYS and optionally delete the associated optical image files. The image files are located
in the directory that was specified on the Create Image Catalog (CRTIMGCLG) command. If all the image
files are successfully deleted, an attempt will be made to delete the directory which contained the image
files.

Restrictions:
v You must have security administrator (*SECADM) and all object (*ALLOBJ) special authorities to use
this command.
Top

Parameters
Keyword Description Choices Notes
IMGCLG Image catalog Name Required,
Positional 1
KEEP Keep optical image files *YES, *NO Optional

Top

Image catalog (IMGCLG)

Specifies the image catalog to be deleted.

This is a required parameter.

Top

Keep optical image files (KEEP)

Specify whether the optical image files associated with the image catalog are to be kept.
*YES Specify that the images associated with the image catalog will not be deleted.
*NO Specify that the images associated with the image catalog will be deleted from the directory
which contains the image files.
Top

Examples
Example 1: Deleting an Image Catalog
DLTIMGCLG IMGCLG(MYCLG)

© Copyright IBM Corp. 1998, 2004 13

This command deletes image catalog MYCLG from library QUSRSYS and leaves the associated image
files.

Example 2: Deleting an Image Catalog and the Associated Image Files

DLTIMGCLG IMGCLG(MYCLG) KEEP(*NO)

This command deletes image catalog MYCLG from library QUSRSYS and all the associated image files.
Top

Error messages
*ESCAPE Messages
CPFBC18
Image catalog &1 not deleted.
CPFBC45
Image catalog &1 not found.
Top

14 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
Delete IPX Description (DLTIPXD)
Where allowed to run: All environments (*ALL) Parameters
Threadsafe: No Examples
Error messages

The Delete IPX Description (DLTIPXD) command deletes IPX descriptions.

Top

Parameters
Keyword Description Choices Notes
IPXD IPX description Qualifier list Required,
Positional 1
Qualifier 1: IPX description Generic name, name

Top

IPX description (IPXD)

Specifies the name of the IPX description being deleted.
IPX-description-name
Specify the name of the IPX description being deleted.
generic*-IPX-description-name
Specify the generic name of the IPX description. A generic name is a character string of one or
more characters followed by an asterisk (*); for example, ABC*. The asterisk substitutes for any
valid characters. A generic name specifies all objects with names that begin with the generic
prefix for which the user has authority. If an asterisk is not included with the generic (prefix)
name, the system assumes it to be the complete object name.

This is a required parameter.

Top

Examples
DLTIPXD IPXD(IPXDESC)

This command deletes the IPX Description named IPXDESC from the system.
Top

Error messages
*ESCAPE Messages
CPF26C2
Active IPX description &1 cannot be changed or deleted.

© Copyright IBM Corp. 1998, 2004 15

 Top

16 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
Delete Job Description (DLTJOBD)
Where allowed to run: All environments (*ALL) Parameters
Threadsafe: No Examples
Error messages

The Delete Job Description (DLTJOBD) command deletes specified job descriptions from the system. Jobs
already in process are not affected by this command.

Restrictions:
1. To use this command, you must have:
v object existence (*OBJEXIST) authority to the job description being deleted and execute (*EXECUTE)
authority to the library containing that job description.
Top

Parameters
Keyword Description Choices Notes
JOBD Job description Qualified object name Required,
Positional 1
Qualifier 1: Job description Generic name, name
Qualifier 2: Library Name, *LIBL, *CURLIB, *USRLIBL, *ALL, *ALLUSR

Top

Job description (JOBD)

Specifies the name and library of the job descriptions being deleted. A specific job description or a
generic job description can be specified; either type can be qualified by a library name.

This is a required parameter.

Qualifier 1: Job description

generic-name
Specify the generic name of the job descriptions being deleted. A generic name is a character
string that contains one or more characters followed by an asterisk (*). If a generic name is
specified for this parameter, all job descriptions that have names with the same prefix as the
generic job description are deleted.
name Specify the name of the job description being deleted.

Qualifier 2: Library
*LIBL All libraries in the thread’s library list are searched until a match is found. If a specific object
name is specified (instead of a generic name), only the first object found to have that name is
deleted.
*CURLIB
The current library for the thread is used to locate the object. If no library is specified as the
current library for the thread, the QGPL library is used.

© Copyright IBM Corp. 1998, 2004 17

*USRLIBL
Only the libraries listed in the user portion of the library list are searched. If a specific object
name is specified (instead of a generic name), only the first object found with that name is
deleted.
*ALL All libraries in auxiliary storage pools (ASPs) that are currently part of the thread’s library name
space will be searched. This includes the system ASP (ASP 1), all defined basic user ASPs (ASPs
2-32), and, if the thread has an ASP group, the primary and secondary ASPs in the thread’s ASP
group. Only your own QTEMP library is searched. All objects matching the specified name and
object type in all libraries in the thread’s name space are deleted.
*ALLUSR
All user libraries are searched. All libraries with names that do not begin with the letter Q are
searched except for the following:
#CGULIB #DSULIB #SEULIB
#COBLIB #RPGLIB
#DFULIB #SDALIB
Although the following Qxxx libraries are provided by IBM, they typically contain user data that
changes frequently. Therefore, these libraries are considered user libraries and are also searched:
QDSNX QRCLxxxxx QUSRIJS QUSRVxRxMx
QGPL QSRVAGT QUSRINFSKR
QGPL38 QSYS2 QUSRNOTES
QMGTC QSYS2xxxxx QUSROND
QMGTC2 QS36F QUSRPOSGS
QMPGDATA QUSER38 QUSRPOSSA
QMQMDATA QUSRADSM QUSRPYMSVR
QMQMPROC QUSRBRM QUSRRDARS
QPFRDATA QUSRDIRCL QUSRSYS
QRCL QUSRDIRDB QUSRVI
1. ’xxxxx’ is the number of a primary auxiliary storage pool (ASP).
2. A different library name, in the format QUSRVxRxMx, can be created by the user for each
previous release supported by IBM to contain any user commands to be compiled in a CL
program for the previous release. For the QUSRVxRxMx user library, VxRxMx is the version,
release, and modification level of a previous release that IBM continues to support.
name Specify the name of the library where the job description is located.
Top

Examples
DLTJOBD JOBD(MYLIB/MYJOBD)

This command deletes the job description named MYJOBD from library MYLIB.
Top

Error messages
*ESCAPE Messages
CPF2105
Object &1 in &2 type *&3 not found.
CPF2110
Library &1 not found.
CPF2114
Cannot allocate object &1 in &2 type *&3.

18 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
CPF2117
&4 objects type *&3 deleted. &5 objects not deleted.
CPF2182
Not authorized to library &1.
CPF2189
Not authorized to object &1 in &2 type *&3.
Top

Delete Job Description (DLTJOBD) 19

20 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
Delete Job Queue (DLTJOBQ)
Where allowed to run: All environments (*ALL) Parameters
Threadsafe: No Examples
Error messages

The Delete Job Queue (DLTJOBQ) command deletes the specified job queue(s) from the system.

Restrictions (1) The job queue being deleted cannot contain any entries: all jobs on the queue must be
completed, deleted, or moved to a different job queue. (2) A subsystem cannot be active to the job queue.
Top

Parameters
Keyword Description Choices Notes
JOBQ Job queue Qualified object name Required,
Positional 1
Qualifier 1: Job queue Generic name, name
Qualifier 2: Library Name, *LIBL, *CURLIB, *USRLIBL, *ALL, *ALLUSR

Top

Job queue (JOBQ)

This is a required parameter.

Specifies the name of the job queue(s) to be deleted. A specific job queue or a generic job queue can be
specified; either type can be optionally qualified by a library name.

The possible job queue values are:

job-queue-name
Specify the name of the job queue to be deleted.
generic*-job-queue-name
Specifies the generic name of the job queue that is to be deleted. A generic name is a character
string that contains one or more characters followed by an asterisk (*), such as ’AR*’. If a generic
name is specified, then all job queues that have names with the same prefix as the generic job
queue name are deleted. The libraries searched for the job queues to be deleted depend on the
library qualifier that is specified or assumed.

The possible library values are:

*LIBL All libraries in the library list for the current thread are searched until the first match is found.
*USRLIBL
If a current library entry exists in the library list for the current thread, the current library and the
libraries in the user portion of the library list are searched. If there is no current library entry,
only the libraries in the user portion of the library list are searched.
*ALL All libraries in the system, including QSYS, are searched.

© Copyright IBM Corp. 1998, 2004 21

*ALLUSR
All user libraries are searched. All libraries with names that do not begin with the letter Q are
searched except for the following:
#CGULIB #DSULIB #SEULIB
#COBLIB #RPGLIB
#DFULIB #SDALIB
Although the following Qxxx libraries are provided by IBM, they typically contain user data that
changes frequently. Therefore, these libraries are considered user libraries and are also searched:
QDSNX QRCLxxxxx QUSRIJS QUSRVxRxMx
QGPL QSRVAGT QUSRINFSKR
QGPL38 QSYS2 QUSRNOTES
QMGTC QSYS2xxxxx QUSROND
QMGTC2 QS36F QUSRPOSGS
QMPGDATA QUSER38 QUSRPOSSA
QMQMDATA QUSRADSM QUSRPYMSVR
QMQMPROC QUSRBRM QUSRRDARS
QPFRDATA QUSRDIRCL QUSRSYS
QRCL QUSRDIRDB QUSRVI
1. ’xxxxx’ is the number of a primary auxiliary storage pool (ASP).
2. A different library name, in the format QUSRVxRxMx, can be created by the user for each
previous release supported by IBM to contain any user commands to be compiled in a CL
program for the previous release. For the QUSRVxRxMx user library, VxRxMx is the version,
release, and modification level of a previous release that IBM continues to support.
*CURLIB
The current library for the job is used to locate the job queue. If no current library entry exists in
the library list, QGPL is used.
library-name
Specify the library where the job queue is located.
Top

Examples
DLTJOBQ JOBQ(SPECIALJQ)

This command deletes the job queue SPECIALJQ from the system.
Top

Error messages
*ESCAPE Messages
CPF1763
Cannot allocate one or more libraries.
CPF2105
Object &1 in &2 type *&3 not found.
CPF2110
Library &1 not found.
CPF2117
&4 objects type *&3 deleted. &5 objects not deleted.
CPF2182
Not authorized to library &1.

22 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
CPF2207
Not authorized to use object &1 in library &3 type *&2.
CPF3324
Job queue &1 in &2 not deleted. Job queue in use.
CPF3330
Necessary resource not available.
Top

Delete Job Queue (DLTJOBQ) 23

24 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
Delete Journal (DLTJRN)
Where allowed to run: All environments (*ALL) Parameters
Threadsafe: Yes Examples
Error messages

The Delete Journal (DLTJRN) command deletes the specified journal or journals from the system.

Restrictions:
v Objects cannot be journaled to the specified journal, nor can any job that used this journal for
commitment control still be active, when this command is issued. To determine if any objects are being
journaled, issue the Work with Journal Attributes (WRKJRNA) command.
– If any objects are being journaled, issue the End Journal Access Path (ENDJRNAP), End Journal
(ENDJRN), End Journal Object (ENDJRNOBJ), and End Journal Physical File Changes (ENDJRNPF)
commands to end journaling.
– If any job that used this journal for commitment control is still active, issue the End Job (ENDJOB)
command for each active job.
v A journal cannot be deleted if it is actively receiving journal entries from its source journal or
replicating journal entries to another remote journal. To determine the remote journaling information
for a journal, use the Work with Journal Attributes (WRKJRNA) command. For more information
regarding remote journaling, see the Journal Management information in the iSeries Information Center
at http://www.ibm.com/eserver/iseries/infocenter.
Top

Parameters
Keyword Description Choices Notes
JRN Journal Qualified object name Required,
Positional 1
Qualifier 1: Journal Generic name, name
Qualifier 2: Library Name, *LIBL, *CURLIB, *USRLIBL, *ALL, *ALLUSR

Top

Journal (JRN)
Specifies the name and library of the journal or journals being deleted. A specific journal name or a
generic journal name can be specified; either type of journal name can be optionally qualified by a library
name.

This is a required parameter.

Qualifier 1: Journal
journal-name
Specify the name of the journal that is being deleted. If *LIBL or *USRLIBL is specified as the
library name, only the first journal found to have this name is deleted. If *ALLUSR or *ALL is
specified for the library name, journal objects by the name specified can be deleted from multiple
libraries.

© Copyright IBM Corp. 1998, 2004 25

generic*-journal-name
Specify the generic name of the journal that is being deleted. A generic name can be specified as
a character string that contains one or more characters followed by an asterisk (*); for example,
ABC*. The asterisk substitutes for any valid characters. A generic name specifies all objects with
names that begin with the generic prefix for which the user has authority. If an asterisk is not
included with the generic (prefix) name, the system assumes it to be the complete object name.

Qualifier 2: Library
*LIBL All libraries in the library list for the current thread are searched until the first match is found.
*CURLIB
The current library for the thread is searched. If no library is specified as the current library for
the thread, the QGPL library is searched.
*USRLIBL
If a current library entry exists in the library list for the current thread, the current library and the
libraries in the user portion of the library list are searched. If there is no current library entry,
only the libraries in the user portion of the library list are searched.
*ALLUSR
All user libraries are searched. All libraries with names that do not begin with the letter Q are
searched except for the following:
#CGULIB #DSULIB #SEULIB
#COBLIB #RPGLIB
#DFULIB #SDALIB
Although the following Qxxx libraries are provided by IBM, they typically contain user data that
changes frequently. Therefore, these libraries are considered user libraries and are also searched:
QDSNX QRCLxxxxx QUSRIJS QUSRVxRxMx
QGPL QSRVAGT QUSRINFSKR
QGPL38 QSYS2 QUSRNOTES
QMGTC QSYS2xxxxx QUSROND
QMGTC2 QS36F QUSRPOSGS
QMPGDATA QUSER38 QUSRPOSSA
QMQMDATA QUSRADSM QUSRPYMSVR
QMQMPROC QUSRBRM QUSRRDARS
QPFRDATA QUSRDIRCL QUSRSYS
QRCL QUSRDIRDB QUSRVI
1. ’xxxxx’ is the number of a primary auxiliary storage pool (ASP).
2. A different library name, in the format QUSRVxRxMx, can be created by the user for each
previous release supported by IBM to contain any user commands to be compiled in a CL
program for the previous release. For the QUSRVxRxMx user library, VxRxMx is the version,
release, and modification level of a previous release that IBM continues to support.
*ALL All libraries in the system, including QSYS, are searched.
name Specify the name of the library to be searched.
Top

Examples
DLTJRN JRN(MYLIB/JRNLA)

This command deletes the journal named JRNLA in library MYLIB from the system.
Top

26 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
Error messages
*ESCAPE Messages
CPF2105
Object &1 in &2 type *&3 not found.
CPF2110
Library &1 not found.
CPF2113
Cannot allocate library &1.
CPF2114
Cannot allocate object &1 in &2 type *&3.
CPF2117
&4 objects type *&3 deleted. &5 objects not deleted.
CPF2125
No objects deleted.
CPF2153
Journal QAUDJRN in library QSYS not deleted.
CPF2154
Objects of type authority holder cannot be displayed.
CPF2160
Object type *&1 not eligible for requested function.
CPF2176
Library &1 damaged.
CPF2182
Not authorized to library &1.
CPF2189
Not authorized to object &1 in &2 type *&3.
CPF70EA
Cannot delete journal &1 in &2.
CPF70E1
Cannot delete journal &1 in &2.
CPF701B
Journal recovery of an interrupted operation failed.
CPF7021
Cannot delete journal &1 in &2.
CPF9801
Object &2 in library &3 not found.
CPF9802
Not authorized to object &2 in &3.
CPF9803
Cannot allocate object &2 in library &3.
CPF9830
Cannot assign library &1.
CPF9873
ASP status is preventing access to object.

Delete Journal (DLTJRN) 27

CPF9875
Resources exceeded on ASP &1.
Top

28 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
Delete Journal Receiver (DLTJRNRCV)
Where allowed to run: All environments (*ALL) Parameters
Threadsafe: Conditional Examples
Error messages

The Delete Journal Receiver (DLTJRNRCV) command deletes the specified journal receivers from the
system, which frees the storage space allocated to the journal receivers. Exit point
QIBM_QJO_DLT_JRNRCV is provided for the DLTJRNRCV command. See the System API Reference
information in the iSeries Information Center at http://www.ibm.com/eserver/iseries/infocenter for
more information.

Restrictions:
v The journal receiver must not be attached to a journal at the time the command is issued.
v If an attempt is made to delete a journal receiver that is attached to a remote journal, and that remote
journal is not actively receiving journal entries or replicating journal entries, and
DLTOPT(*IGNINQMSG) is not specified, an inquiry message (CPA705E) is sent to the requesting
workstation. If the request is made from a batch job, the message is sent to the system operator. This
inquiry message can be automatically replied to. For more information, refer to the INQMSGRPY
parameter of the Create Job Description (CRTJOBD) command.
v The journal receiver must not be in the middle of a chain of online receivers unless it is damaged or if
its dual receiver is damaged. (The receivers must be deleted in the same order in which they were
detached, to prevent gaps from occurring in the range of receivers).
v If an attempt is made to delete a journal receiver that has not been saved and DLTOPT(*IGNINQMSG)
is not specified, an inquiry message (CPA7025) is sent to the requesting work station. If the request is
made from a batch job, the message is sent to the system operator. This inquiry message can be replied
to automatically. For more information, refer to the INQMSGRPY parameter on the Create Job
Description (CRTJOBD) command.
v The user must have *ALLOBJ and *SECADM authority in order to specify the *IGNEXITPGM special
value.
v This command is conditionally threadsafe if exit programs are registered for exit point
QIBM_QJO_DLT_JRNRCV as follows:
– If no exit programs are registered or DLTOPT(*IGNEXITPGM) is specified, the command is
threadsafe.
– If all exit programs are threadsafe and registered to run in a multithreaded job, the command is
threadsafe.
– If any exit program is registered to not run in a multithreaded job and is being attempted to run in
a multithreaded job, the command will fail and the journal receiver will not be deleted.

Use the MLTTHDACN parameter on the ADDEXITPGM command to specify whether an exit program
can run in a multithreaded job. See the ADDEXITPGM command for more information.
Top

© Copyright IBM Corp. 1998, 2004 29

Parameters
Keyword Description Choices Notes
JRNRCV Journal receiver Qualified object name Required,
Positional 1
Qualifier 1: Journal receiver Generic name, name
Qualifier 2: Library Name, *LIBL, *CURLIB, *USRLIBL, *ALL, *ALLUSR
DLTOPT Option Single values: *NONE Optional
Other values (up to 3 repetitions): *IGNINQMSG,
*IGNEXITPGM, *IGNTGTRCV

Top

Journal receiver (JRNRCV)

Specifies the name and library of the journal receiver or receivers being deleted.

This is a required parameter.

Qualifier 1: Journal receiver

journal-receiver-name
Specify the name and library of the journal receiver being deleted. If *LIBL or *USRLIBL is
specified for the library name, only the first journal receiver found to have this name is deleted. If
*ALLUSR or *ALL is specified for the library name, journal receiver objects by the name specified
can be deleted from multiple libraries.
generic*-journal-receiver-name
Specify the generic name of the journal receiver being deleted. A generic name is a character
string that contains one or more characters followed by an asterisk (*); for example, ABC*. The
asterisk substitutes for any valid characters. A generic name specifies all objects with names that
begin with the generic prefix for which the user has authority. If an asterisk is not included with
the generic (prefix) name, the system assumes it to be the complete object name.

Qualifier 2: Library
*LIBL All libraries in the library list for the current thread are searched until the first match is found.
*CURLIB
The current library for the thread is searched. If no library is specified as the current library for
the thread, the QGPL library is searched.
*USRLIBL
If a current library entry exists in the library list for the current thread, the current library and the
libraries in the user portion of the library list are searched. If there is no current library entry,
only the libraries in the user portion of the library list are searched.
*ALLUSR
All user libraries are searched. All libraries with names that do not begin with the letter Q are
searched except for the following:
#CGULIB #DSULIB #SEULIB
#COBLIB #RPGLIB
#DFULIB #SDALIB
Although the following Qxxx libraries are provided by IBM, they typically contain user data that
changes frequently. Therefore, these libraries are considered user libraries and are also searched:
QDSNX QRCLxxxxx QUSRIJS QUSRVxRxMx
QGPL QSRVAGT QUSRINFSKR
QGPL38 QSYS2 QUSRNOTES

30 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
 QMGTC QSYS2xxxxx QUSROND
QMGTC2 QS36F QUSRPOSGS
QMPGDATA QUSER38 QUSRPOSSA
QMQMDATA QUSRADSM QUSRPYMSVR
QMQMPROC QUSRBRM QUSRRDARS
QPFRDATA QUSRDIRCL QUSRSYS
QRCL QUSRDIRDB QUSRVI
1. ’xxxxx’ is the number of a primary auxiliary storage pool (ASP).
2. A different library name, in the format QUSRVxRxMx, can be created by the user for each
previous release supported by IBM to contain any user commands to be compiled in a CL
program for the previous release. For the QUSRVxRxMx user library, VxRxMx is the version,
release, and modification level of a previous release that IBM continues to support.
*ALL All libraries in the system, including QSYS, are searched.
name Specify the name of the library to be searched.
Top

Option (DLTOPT)
Specifies whether additional checking should not be done before a journal receiver is deleted.
*NONE
The journal receiver delete is attempted without ignoring any of the protective checks which are
done before a journal receiver is deleted.
*IGNTGTRCV
The system does not verify that all remote journals associated with this journal that are
immediately downstream on a target system have full copies of this journal receiver. The delete
operation continues even if any of those remote journals does not have a full copy. This
protection on a journal receiver only applies beginning when the remote journal was added using
the Add Remote Journal (QjoAddRemoteJournal) API, until it is removed using the Remove
Remote Journal (QjoRemoveRemoteJournal) API, or until the journal is deleted. For more
information about APIs, see the System API Reference information in the iSeries Information
Center at http://www.ibm.com/eserver/iseries/infocenter.
*IGNINQMSG
Ignore inquiry message. Inquiry message CPA7025 is not presented to the user, even if this
receiver has not been fully saved (for example, a save after the receiver was detached). Also,
inquiry message CPA705E is not presented to the user even if the receiver is attached to a remote
journal. The delete operation continues.
*IGNEXITPGM
Ignore user exit programs. Any user exit programs registered for exit point
QIBM_QJO_DLT_JRNRCV are not called and not included in the decision as to whether this
journal receiver can be deleted.
Top

Examples
DLTJRNRCV JRNRCV(MYLIB/JRNRCLA)

This command deletes the journal receiver JRNRCLA in library MYLIB from the system.
Top

Delete Journal Receiver (DLTJRNRCV) 31

Error messages
*ESCAPE Messages
CPF2105
Object &1 in &2 type *&3 not found.
CPF2110
Library &1 not found.
CPF2113
Cannot allocate library &1.
CPF2114
Cannot allocate object &1 in &2 type *&3.
CPF2117
&4 objects type *&3 deleted. &5 objects not deleted.
CPF2125
No objects deleted.
CPF2160
Object type *&1 not eligible for requested function.
CPF2176
Library &1 damaged.
CPF2182
Not authorized to library &1.
CPF2189
Not authorized to object &1 in &2 type *&3.
CPF70ED
Receiver not deleted due to exit program, reason code &7.
CPF701B
Journal recovery of an interrupted operation failed.
CPF7022
Cannot delete journal receiver &1 while attached.
CPF7023
Cannot delete journal receiver &1 in &2.
CPF7024
Receiver &1 in &2 not deleted. Reason code, &3.
CPF7025
Delete of receiver &1 in &2 canceled.
CPF705B
No authority to specify OPTION(*IGNEXITPGM).
CPF705E
Delete of receiver &1 in &2 canceled.
CPF705F
Receiver not replicated to &8 remote journals.
CPF707C
Cannot delete journal receiver &1, reason code &5.
CPF707D
Journal receiver &1 in library &2 not deleted.

32 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
CPF707E
Journal receiver &1 in library &2 not deleted.
CPF9802
Not authorized to object &2 in &3.
CPF9803
Cannot allocate object &2 in library &3.
CPF9810
Library &1 not found.
CPF9820
Not authorized to use library &1.
CPF9830
Cannot assign library &1.
CPF9873
ASP status is preventing access to object.
CPF9875
Resources exceeded on ASP &1.
Top

Delete Journal Receiver (DLTJRNRCV) 33

34 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
Delete Java Program (DLTJVAPGM)
Where allowed to run: All environments (*ALL) Parameters
Threadsafe: No Examples
Error messages

The Delete Java Program (DLTJVAPGM) command deletes a Java program associated with a Java class
file, JAR file, or ZIP file.

If no Java program is associated with the file specified, informational message JVAB526 is sent and
command processing continues.

Restriction: The file must be in one of the following file systems: QOpenSys,″root″, or a user-defined file
system.
Top

Parameters
Keyword Description Choices Notes
CLSF Class file or JAR file Path name Required,
Positional 1
SUBTREE Directory subtree *NONE, *ALL Optional

Top

Class file or JAR file (CLSF)

Specifies the class file name from which to delete the associated Java program. The class file name may
be qualified by one or more directory names.
class-file-name
Specify the name of the class file or a pattern for identifying the class file or files to be used. A
pattern can be specified in the last part of the name. An asterisk matches any number of
characters and a question mark matches a single character. If the name is qualified or contains a
pattern it must be enclosed in apostrophes. An example of a qualified class file name is
’/directory1/directory2/myclassname.class’. An example of a pattern is
’/directory1/directory2/myclass*.class’.
JAR-file-name
Specify the name of the Java archive (JAR) file or pattern for identifying the JAR or ZIP file or
files to be used. A file is assumed to be a JAR file if the file name ends with ’.jar’ or ’.zip’. A
pattern can be specified in the last part of the name. An asterisk matches any number of
characters and a question mark matches a single character. If the name is qualified or contains a
pattern it must be enclosed in apostrophes. An example of a qualified JAR file name is
’/directory1/directory2/myappname.jar’. An example of a pattern is
’/directory1/directory2/myapp*.zip’.
Top

© Copyright IBM Corp. 1998, 2004 35

Directory subtree (SUBTREE)
Specifies whether directory subtrees are processed when looking for files that match the CLSF keyword.
*NONE
Only the files that match the object name pattern will be processed. No subtrees are processed. If
the directory has subdirectories, neither the subdirectories nor the objects in the subdirectories are
processed.
*ALL The entire subtree of the path specified in CLSF is processed to create java programs for files
matching the name specified on CLSF parameter.
Top

Examples
DLTJVAPGM CLSF(’/projectA/myJavaclassname.class’)

This command will delete the Java program associated with the class file myJavaclassname.
Top

Error messages
*ESCAPE Messages
JVAB526
Unable to delete Java program for ″&1″.
JVAB527
&1 Java programs deleted. &2 Java programs not deleted.
JVAB535
Unmonitored exception received.
Top

36 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
Delete library (DLTLIB)
Where allowed to run: All environments (*ALL) Parameters
Threadsafe: Conditional Examples
Error messages

The Delete Library (DLTLIB) command deletes a specified library from the system after all objects in the
library have been deleted. If a library that is deleted contains objects, this command first deletes all of the
objects and then deletes the library.

If you do not have the authority to delete every object in the library, only those for which you do have
the authority are deleted. In this case, the library and all the other objects in the library remain
unchanged. If any object in the library is in use (locked by another thread or job), the object cannot be
deleted.

If a library has been damaged, you should not delete it without first trying to resolve the damage. In
most cases, the damage can be resolved by starting the initial program load (IPL) sequence to rebuild a
user library (including the QGPL library). Then, if the library is still damaged, it should be deleted. Either
a saved version of the library can be restored in its place or the library can be recreated.

Restrictions:
1. To delete a library, you must have use (*USE) and object existence (*OBJEXIST) authorities for the
specified library and *OBJEXIST authority for every object in it. If you do not have *OBJEXIST
authority for the library, nothing is deleted. If you do not have *OBJEXIST authority for one or more
objects in the library, those objects and the library are not deleted.
2. A library cannot be deleted if it is in the library list for the current thread.
3. A library cannot be deleted if it is in the library list for any primary thread that is active on the
system when the QLIBLCKLVL system value is set to lock libraries in the library list.
4. This command cannot be used to delete the QQALIB, QRECOVERY, QRCYxxxxx, QSPL, QSPLnnnn,
QSYS, QSYSxxxxx QSYSCGI, QSYS2, QSYS2xxxxx, QTEMP, SYSIBM, or SYSIBxxxxx libraries (where
’xxxxx’ is the number of a primary auxiliary storage pool (ASP) and ’nnnn’ is the number of a basic
user ASP or a primary or secondary ASP.)
5. If the QDOC library is deleted, it is created again during the next IPL.
6. This command is conditionally threadsafe. The following restriction applies:
v In multithreaded jobs, this command is not threadsafe for distributed files and fails for distributed
files that use relational databases of type *SNA.
Top

Parameters
Keyword Description Choices Notes
LIB Library Name Required,
Positional 1
ASPDEV ASP device Name, *, *CURASPGRP, *SYSBAS Optional

Top

© Copyright IBM Corp. 1998, 2004 37

Library (LIB)
Specifies the library to be deleted.

This is a required parameter.

name Specify the name of the library to be deleted.
Top

ASP device (ASPDEV)

Specifies the auxiliary storage pool (ASP) device where storage is allocated for the library to be deleted. If
the library is not part of the thread’s library name space, this parameter must be specified to ensure the
correct library is the target of the delete library operation.
* The ASPs that are currently part of the thread’s library name space will be searched to find the
library. This includes the system ASP (ASP 1), all defined basic user ASPs (ASPs 2-32), and, if the
thread has an ASP group, all primary and secondary ASPs in the ASP group.
*CURASPGRP
If the thread has an ASP group, the primary and secondary ASPs in the ASP group will be
searched to find the library. The system ASP (ASP 1) and defined basic user ASPs (ASPs 2-32)
will not be searched.
*SYSBAS
The system ASP (ASP 1) and all defined basic user ASPs (ASPs 2-32) will be searched to find the
library. No primary or secondary ASPs will be searched, even if the thread has an ASP group.
name Specify the name of the primary or secondary ASP device to be searched to find the library. The
primary or secondary ASP must have been activated (by varying on the ASP device) and have a
status of ’Available’. The system ASP (ASP 1) and defined basic user ASPs (ASPs 2-32) will not be
searched.
Note: To specify a specific auxiliary storage pool (ASP) device name, you must have *USE
authority for each ASP device in the ASP group.
Top

Examples
Example 1: Deleting a Library
DLTLIB LIB(W)

This command deletes library W after all of its objects have been deleted. If library W contains objects
and you have the authority to delete all of those objects, library W and all of the objects are deleted. If
you do not have authority to delete all of the objects, only those for which you have authority are deleted
and the library is not deleted.

Example 2: Deleting a Library in an Independent Auxiliary Storage Pool (ASP)

DLTLIB LIB(INVENTORY) ASPDEV(SALES)

This command deletes library INVENTORY in the independent auxiliary storage pool (ASP) named
SALES after all of its objects have been deleted. The SALES ASP must have been activated (by varying on
the ASP device) and have a status of ’Available’. If library INVENTORY contains objects and you have
the authority to delete all of those objects, library INVENTORY and all of the objects are deleted. If you
do not have authority to delete all of the objects, only those for which you have authority are deleted and
the library is not deleted.
38 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
 Top

Error messages
*ESCAPE Messages
CPFA030
Object already in use.
CPFB8ED
Device description &1 not correct for operation.
CPF210D
Library &1 in use.
CPF2110
Library &1 not found.
CPF2113
Cannot allocate library &1.
CPF2129
Clear or delete of system library &1 canceled.
CPF2161
Cannot delete some objects in library &1.
CPF2166
Library name &1 not valid.
CPF2167
Library &1 on library list and cannot be deleted.
CPF2168
Library &1 not deleted.
CPF218C
&1 not a primary or secondary ASP.
CPF2182
Not authorized to library &1.
CPF8122
&8 damage on library &4.
CPF9814
Device &1 not found.
CPF9825
Not authorized to device &1.
CPF9833
*CURASPGRP or *ASPGRPPRI specified and thread has no ASP group.
Top

Delete library (DLTLIB) 39

40 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
Delete Licensed Program (DLTLICPGM)
Where allowed to run: All environments (*ALL) Parameters
Threadsafe: No Examples
Error messages

The Delete Licensed Program (DLTLICPGM) command is used to delete the objects that make up the
licensed program.

Restrictions:
1. This command is shipped with public *EXCLUDE authority.
2. To use this command, you must have *ALLOBJ authority or have specific authority from the security
officer.
3. Some licensed programs can be deleted only if the user is enrolled in the system distribution
directory. See the publications for each licensed program for a description of this restriction.
4. The licensed programs 5722SS1 *BASE (operating system) and 5722SS1 option 1 (extended base
support) and option 3 (Extended Base Directory Support) cannot be deleted.
5. You must use the LICPGM menu to delete the secondary language library for the operating system
and options 1 and 3 of the operating system.
Top

Parameters
Keyword Description Choices Notes
LICPGM Product Character value Required,
Positional 1
OPTION Optional part to be deleted *ALL, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, Optional
18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33,
34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49,
50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 65,
66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 81,
82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97,
98, 99, 01, 02, 03, 04, 05, 06, 07, 08, 09
RLS Release Character value, *ONLY, *ALL Optional
LNG Language for licensed Character value, *ALL Optional
program

Top

Product (LICPGM)
Specifies the seven-character identifier of the licensed program that is deleted. The user can select only
one licensed program to delete.

A list of the IBM-supplied licensed programs is in the Install, upgrade, or delete OS/400 and related
software book, SC41-5120.

This is a required parameter.

© Copyright IBM Corp. 1998, 2004 41

 Top

Optional part to be deleted (OPTION)

Specifies which of the parts of the licensed program specified on the Product prompt (LICPGM
parameter) are deleted. A list of options is in the Install, upgrade, or delete OS/400 and related software
book, SC41-5120.

The possible values are:

*ALL All of the parts, both optional and base, associated with the licensed program listed in the
Product prompt (LICPGM parameter) are deleted.
Note: If licensed program 5722SS1 is specified, only the optional parts are deleted except Option
1 and Option 3. If any other licensed program is specified, all parts are deleted.
number-of-optional-part
Specify the number associated with the optional part of the listed licensed program to be deleted.
Top

Release (RLS)
Specifies which version, release, and modification level of the licensed program is deleted.

The possible values are:

*ONLY
Delete the version, release, and modification level installed for the licensed program option.
*ALL All installed versions of the licensed program are deleted.
release-level
Specify the release level in VxRyMz format, where Vx is the version number, Ry is the release
number, and Mz is the modification level. The variables x and y can be a number from 0 through
9, and the variable z can be a number from 0 through 9 or a letter from A through Z.
Top

Language for licensed program (LNG)

Specifies which national language version (NLV) objects are deleted for the licensed program specified on
the LICPGM parameter.

The possible values are:

*ALL All NLV objects and program objects for the licensed program specified on the LICPGM,
OPTION, and RLS parameters are deleted.
feature-code
Specify the national language version (NLV) identifier that is deleted. Only the specified NLV is
deleted. The program objects for the licensed program are not deleted. The IBM-supplied
language feature codes are listed in the Install, upgrade, or delete OS/400 and related software
book, SC41-5120 or can be displayed using GO LICPGM, option 20.
Top

42 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
Examples
Example 1: Deleting all Licensed Program Objects
DLTLICPGM LICPGM(5716WP1)

This command deletes all of the objects associated with the 5716WP1 licensed program.

Example 2: Deleting Specific Licensed Program Objects

DLTLICPGM LICPGM(5716CB1) LNG(2929)

This command deletes only the German (NLV 2929) objects for all options of the licensed program
5716CB1.
Top

Error messages
*ESCAPE Messages
CPF3875
Licensed program &1 option &2 not deleted.
Top

Delete Licensed Program (DLTLICPGM) 43

44 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
Delete Line Description (DLTLIND)
Where allowed to run: All environments (*ALL) Parameters
Threadsafe: No Examples
Error messages

The Delete Line Description (DLTLIND) command deletes the specified line description. The line
description must be varied offline before this command is issued to delete it.

Note: If you are deleting a line attached to a frame relay network interface, the network interface (NWI)
must also be varied offline.
Top

Parameters
Keyword Description Choices Notes
LIND Line description Generic name, name Required,
Positional 1

Top

Line description (LIND)

Specifies the names of one or more line description to delete. A specific line description or a generic line
description can be specified.
name Specify the name of the line description to delete.
generic-name
Specify the generic name of the line descriptions to delete.

Note: A generic name is specified as a character string that contains one or more characters followed by
an asterisk (*). If a generic name is specified, then all objects that have names with the same prefix as the
generic object name are selected.
Top

Examples
DLTLIND LIND(LINE01)

This command deletes the line description of the line named LINE01 from the system.

If the line description being deleted has any controller descriptions associated with it, they are detached
and a message containing those controller names is sent to the system operator. The detached controller
descriptions are associated with a new line description if their names are specified in the command that
creates the line description.
Top

© Copyright IBM Corp. 1998, 2004 45

Error messages
*ESCAPE Messages
CPF2105
Object &1 in &2 type *&3 not found.
CPF2114
Cannot allocate object &1 in &2 type *&3.
CPF2117
&4 objects type *&3 deleted. &5 objects not deleted.
CPF2189
Not authorized to object &1 in &2 type *&3.
CPF26AB
Line &1 cannot be deleted while varied on.
CPF2625
Not able to allocate object &1.
CPF2627
Controller description previously deleted.
CPF2634
Not authorized to object &1.
CPF2668
Object description not deleted.
Top

46 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
Delete Locale (DLTLOCALE)
Where allowed to run: All environments (*ALL) Parameters
Threadsafe: No Examples
Error messages

The Delete Locale (DLTLOCALE) command deletes a specified locale.

For more information about locales, see the Globalization information in the iSeries Information Center at
http://www.ibm.com/eserver/iseries/infocenter.
Top

Parameters
Keyword Description Choices Notes
LOCALE Locale name Path name Required,
Positional 1

Top

Locale name (LOCALE)

Specifies the path name of the locale being deleted.
Top

Examples
DLTLOCALE LOCALE(’/QSYS.LIB/MYLIB.LIB/USLOCALE.LOCALE’)

This command deletes the locale named USLOCALE in the MYLIB library from the system.
Top

Error messages
None
Top

© Copyright IBM Corp. 1998, 2004 47

48 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
Delete Media Definition (DLTMEDDFN)
Where allowed to run: All environments (*ALL) Parameters
Threadsafe: No Examples
Error messages

The Delete Media Definition (DLTMEDDFN) command deletes the specified media definitions from the
system.

Restrictions:
v You must have object existence (*OBJEXIST) authority for the media definition and execute
(*EXECUTE) authority for the library where the media definition is located.
Top

Parameters
Keyword Description Choices Notes
MEDDFN Media definition Qualified object name Required,
Positional 1
Qualifier 1: Media definition Generic name, name
Qualifier 2: Library Name, *LIBL, *CURLIB, *USRLIBL, *ALL, *ALLUSR

Top

Media definition (MEDDFN)

Specifies the media definitions to be deleted.

Qualifier 1: Media definition

generic-name
Specify the generic name of the media definitions to be deleted. A generic name is a character
string that contains one or more characters followed by an asterisk (*). If a generic name is
specified, then all media definitions that have names with the same prefix as the generic media
definition name are deleted.
name Specify the name of the media definition to be deleted.

Qualifier 2: Library
*LIBL All libraries in the library list for the current thread are searched until the first match is found.
*CURLIB
The current library for the job is searched. If no current library entry exists in the library list,
QGPL will be used to locate the media definitions to be deleted.
*USRLIBL
Only the libraries listed in the user portion of the library list are searched. If a specific media
definition name is specified (instead of a generic name), only the first media definition found
with that name is deleted.
*ALL All libraries in the system, including QSYS, are searched.

© Copyright IBM Corp. 1998, 2004 49

*ALLUSR
All user libraries are searched. All libraries with names that do not begin with the letter Q are
searched except for the following:
#CGULIB #DSULIB #SEULIB
#COBLIB #RPGLIB
#DFULIB #SDALIB
Although the following Qxxx libraries are provided by IBM, they typically contain user data that
changes frequently. Therefore, these libraries are considered user libraries and are also searched:
QDSNX QRCLxxxxx QUSRIJS QUSRVxRxMx
QGPL QSRVAGT QUSRINFSKR
QGPL38 QSYS2 QUSRNOTES
QMGTC QSYS2xxxxx QUSROND
QMGTC2 QS36F QUSRPOSGS
QMPGDATA QUSER38 QUSRPOSSA
QMQMDATA QUSRADSM QUSRPYMSVR
QMQMPROC QUSRBRM QUSRRDARS
QPFRDATA QUSRDIRCL QUSRSYS
QRCL QUSRDIRDB QUSRVI
1. ’xxxxx’ is the number of a primary auxiliary storage pool (ASP).
2. A different library name, in the format QUSRVxRxMx, can be created by the user for each
previous release supported by IBM to contain any user commands to be compiled in a CL
program for the previous release. For the QUSRVxRxMx user library, VxRxMx is the version,
release, and modification level of a previous release that IBM continues to support.
name Specify the name of the library where the media definition is located.
Top

Examples
DLTMEDDFN MEDDFN(LIBA/MEDDFNA)

This command deletes the media definition named MEDDFNA in the library named LIBA from the
system.
Top

Error messages
*ESCAPE Messages
CPF2105
Object &1 in &2 type *&3 not found.
CPF2110
Library &1 not found.
CPF2113
Cannot allocate library &1.
CPF2114
Cannot allocate object &1 in &2 type *&3.
CPF2117
&4 objects type *&3 deleted. &5 objects not deleted.
CPF2176
Library &1 damaged.

50 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
CPF2182
Not authorized to library &1.
CPF2189
Not authorized to object &1 in &2 type *&3.
Top

Delete Media Definition (DLTMEDDFN) 51

52 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
Delete Management Collection (DLTMGTCOL)
Where allowed to run: All environments (*ALL) Parameters
Threadsafe: Yes Examples
Error messages

The Delete Management Collection (DLTMGTCOL) command deletes a management collection from the
system. The user who enters this command must have *OBJEXIST authority and *USE authority for the
management collection being deleted.
Top

Parameters
Keyword Description Choices Notes
MGTCOL Management collection Qualified object name Required,
Positional 1
Qualifier 1: Management Generic name, name
collection
Qualifier 2: Library Name, *LIBL, *CURLIB, *USRLIBL, *ALL, *ALLUSR

Top

Management collection (MGTCOL)

Specifies the name and library of the management collection that is to be deleted. A specific or generic
management collection can be specified; either type can be optionally qualified by a library.

This is a required parameter.

The possible library values are:

*LIBL All libraries in the library list for the current thread are searched until the first match is found.
*CURLIB
The current library for the thread is searched. If no library is specified as the current library for
the thread, the QGPL library is searched.
*USRLIBL
If a current library entry exists in the library list for the current thread, the current library and the
libraries in the user portion of the library list are searched. If there is no current library entry,
only the libraries in the user portion of the library list are searched.
*ALL All libraries in the system, including QSYS, are searched.
*ALLUSR
All user libraries are searched. All libraries with names that do not begin with the letter Q are
searched except for the following:
#CGULIB #DSULIB #SEULIB
#COBLIB #RPGLIB
#DFULIB #SDALIB
Although the following Qxxx libraries are provided by IBM, they typically contain user data that
changes frequently. Therefore, these libraries are considered user libraries and are also searched:

© Copyright IBM Corp. 1998, 2004 53

 QDSNX QRCLxxxxx QUSRIJS QUSRVxRxMx
QGPL QSRVAGT QUSRINFSKR
QGPL38 QSYS2 QUSRNOTES
QMGTC QSYS2xxxxx QUSROND
QMGTC2 QS36F QUSRPOSGS
QMPGDATA QUSER38 QUSRPOSSA
QMQMDATA QUSRADSM QUSRPYMSVR
QMQMPROC QUSRBRM QUSRRDARS
QPFRDATA QUSRDIRCL QUSRSYS
QRCL QUSRDIRDB QUSRVI
1. ’xxxxx’ is the number of a primary auxiliary storage pool (ASP).
2. A different library name, in the format QUSRVxRxMx, can be created by the user for each
previous release supported by IBM to contain any user commands to be compiled in a CL
program for the previous release. For the QUSRVxRxMx user library, VxRxMx is the version,
release, and modification level of a previous release that IBM continues to support.
library-name
Specify the name of the library to be searched.
The possible user space values are:
management-collection-name
Specify the name of the managment collection that is to be deleted.
generic*-management-collection-name
Specify the generic name of the management collection. A generic name is a character string of
one or more characters followed by an asterisk (*); for example, ABC*. If a generic name is
specified, all management collections with names that begin with the generic name, and for
which the user has authority, are deleted.
Top

Examples
DLTMGTCOL MGTCOL(MYLIB/Q099365001)

This command deletes the management collection named Q099365001 in library from library MYLIB.
Top

Error messages
Unknown
Top

54 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
Delete Menu (DLTMNU)
Where allowed to run: All environments (*ALL) Parameters
Threadsafe: No Examples
Error messages

The Delete Menu (DLTMNU) command deletes the specified menu from the system.

Note: This command also allows you to delete the display files and message files associated with a
Display File (*DSPF) menu, or to delete the program associated with a Program (*PGM) menu.

Restrictions:
v You must have object existence (*OBJEXIST), object management (*OBJMGT), and object operational
(*OBJOPR) authorities for the menu, and use (*USE) authority for the library where the menu is
located.
Top

Parameters
Keyword Description Choices Notes
MENU Menu Qualified object name Required,
Positional 1
Qualifier 1: Menu Generic name, name
Qualifier 2: Library Name, *LIBL, *CURLIB, *USRLIBL, *ALL, *ALLUSR
DLTREFOBJ Delete referenced objects Single values: *NONE, *ALL Optional
Other values (up to 3 repetitions): *DSPF, *MSGF, *PGM

Top

Menu (MENU)
Specifies the menu or menus to be deleted.

This is a required parameter.

Qualifier 1: Menu
generic-name
Specify the generic name of the menus to be deleted. A generic name is a character string that
contains one or more characters followed by an asterisk (*). If a generic name is specified, all
menus that have names with the same prefix as the generic menu name are deleted.
name Specify the name of the menu to be deleted.

Qualifier 2: Library
*LIBL All libraries in the library list for the current thread are searched until the first match is found.
*CURLIB
The current library for the thread is searched. If no library is specified as the current library for
the thread, the QGPL library is searched.

© Copyright IBM Corp. 1998, 2004 55

*USRLIBL
If a current library entry exists in the library list for the current thread, the current library and the
libraries in the user portion of the library list are searched. If there is no current library entry,
only the libraries in the user portion of the library list are searched.
*ALLUSR
All user libraries are searched. All libraries with names that do not begin with the letter Q are
searched except for the following:
#CGULIB #DSULIB #SEULIB
#COBLIB #RPGLIB
#DFULIB #SDALIB
Although the following Qxxx libraries are provided by IBM, they typically contain user data that
changes frequently. Therefore, these libraries are considered user libraries and are also searched:
QDSNX QRCLxxxxx QUSRIJS QUSRVxRxMx
QGPL QSRVAGT QUSRINFSKR
QGPL38 QSYS2 QUSRNOTES
QMGTC QSYS2xxxxx QUSROND
QMGTC2 QS36F QUSRPOSGS
QMPGDATA QUSER38 QUSRPOSSA
QMQMDATA QUSRADSM QUSRPYMSVR
QMQMPROC QUSRBRM QUSRRDARS
QPFRDATA QUSRDIRCL QUSRSYS
QRCL QUSRDIRDB QUSRVI
1. ’xxxxx’ is the number of a primary auxiliary storage pool (ASP).
2. A different library name, in the format QUSRVxRxMx, can be created by the user for each
previous release supported by IBM to contain any user commands to be compiled in a CL
program for the previous release. For the QUSRVxRxMx user library, VxRxMx is the version,
release, and modification level of a previous release that IBM continues to support.
*ALL All libraries in the system, including QSYS, are searched.
name Specify the name of the library to be searched.
Top

Delete referenced objects (DLTREFOBJ)

Specifies that the display file, message file, or program objects referred to by the menu are to be deleted.
Only TYPE(*DSPF) menus can refer to a display file or a message file and only TYPE(*PGM) menus can
refer to a program.

Note: The current and product libraries that are specified for the menu are not used to find and delete
objects.

Single values
*NONE
None of the objects referred to by the menu are to be deleted.
*ALL All display file, message file, and program objects referred to by the menu are to be deleted.

Other values (up to 3 repetitions)

*DSPF
The display file referred to by the menu is to be deleted.
*MSGF
The message file that is referred to by the menu is to be deleted.
*PGM The program that is referred to by the menu is to be deleted.

56 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
 Top

Examples
Example 1: Deleting the Menu Only
DLTMNU MENU(FINLIB/ARMENU)

This command deletes the menu named ARMENU from the library named FINLIB.

Example 2: Deleting the Display and Message File

DLTMNU MENU(EXLIB/TEST) DLTREFOBJ(*DSPF *MSGF)

This command deletes the menu named TEST from the library named EXLIB. It also deletes the display
file and message file associated with the menu named TEST.
Top

Error messages
*ESCAPE Messages
CPF2105
Object &1 in &2 type *&3 not found.
CPF2107
Library not cleared or deleted. Function check occurred.
CPF2110
Library &1 not found.
CPF2113
Cannot allocate library &1.
CPF2114
Cannot allocate object &1 in &2 type *&3.
CPF2117
&4 objects type *&3 deleted. &5 objects not deleted.
CPF2125
No objects deleted.
CPF2160
Object type *&1 not eligible for requested function.
CPF2176
Library &1 damaged.
CPF2182
Not authorized to library &1.
CPF2189
Not authorized to object &1 in &2 type *&3.
Top

Delete Menu (DLTMNU) 57

58 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
Delete Module (DLTMOD)
Where allowed to run: All environments (*ALL) Parameters
Threadsafe: No Examples
Error messages

The Delete Module (DLTMOD) command deletes a compiled module or group of modules. If the module
is associated with a binding directory, the entry in the binding directory for this module is not valid after
deletion.

Restrictions:
v You must have object existence (*OBJEXIST) authority to the module and execute (*EXECUTE)
authority to the library in which the module is stored.
Top

Parameters
Keyword Description Choices Notes
MODULE Module Qualified object name Required,
Positional 1
Qualifier 1: Module Generic name, name
Qualifier 2: Library Name, *LIBL, *CURLIB, *USRLIBL, *ALL, *ALLUSR

Top

Module (MODULE)
Specifies the modules to be deleted. A specific module or a generic module can be specified; either type
can be optionally qualified by specifying a library name.

Note: To remove all module objects for a specific library, you can use RMVLNK
OBJLNK(’QSYS.LIB/libname.LIB/*.MODULE’), where libname is the name of the library from which all
modules are to be deleted. See the RMVLNK command for more information.

This is a required parameter.

Qualifier 1: Module
generic-name
Specify the generic name of the modules to be deleted. A generic name is a character string of
one or more characters followed by an asterisk (*); for example, ABC*. If a generic name is
specified, then all modules with names that begin with the generic name, and for which the user
has authority, are deleted. If an asterisk is not included with the generic (prefix) name, the system
assumes it to be the complete module name.
name Specify the name of the module to be deleted.

Qualifier 2: Library
*LIBL All libraries in the library list for the current thread are searched until the first match is found.

© Copyright IBM Corp. 1998, 2004 59

*CURLIB
The current library for the job is searched. If no library is specified as the current library for the
job, the QGPL library is used.
*USRLIBL
Only the libraries in the user portion of the job’s library list are searched.
*ALL All libraries in the system, including QSYS, are searched.
*ALLUSR
All user libraries are searched. All libraries with names that do not begin with the letter Q are
searched except for the following:
#CGULIB #DSULIB #SEULIB
#COBLIB #RPGLIB
#DFULIB #SDALIB
Although the following Qxxx libraries are provided by IBM, they typically contain user data that
changes frequently. Therefore, these libraries are considered user libraries and are also searched:
QDSNX QRCLxxxxx QUSRIJS QUSRVxRxMx
QGPL QSRVAGT QUSRINFSKR
QGPL38 QSYS2 QUSRNOTES
QMGTC QSYS2xxxxx QUSROND
QMGTC2 QS36F QUSRPOSGS
QMPGDATA QUSER38 QUSRPOSSA
QMQMDATA QUSRADSM QUSRPYMSVR
QMQMPROC QUSRBRM QUSRRDARS
QPFRDATA QUSRDIRCL QUSRSYS
QRCL QUSRDIRDB QUSRVI
1. ’xxxxx’ is the number of a primary auxiliary storage pool (ASP).
2. A different library name, in the format QUSRVxRxMx, can be created by the user for each
previous release supported by IBM to contain any user commands to be compiled in a CL
program for the previous release. For the QUSRVxRxMx user library, VxRxMx is the version,
release, and modification level of a previous release that IBM continues to support.
name Specify the name of the library to be searched.
Top

Examples
DLTMOD MODULE(XYZ/M*)

This command deletes all modules in library XYZ that begin with the letter M.
Top

Error messages
*ESCAPE Messages
CPF2105
Object &1 in &2 type *&3 not found.
CPF2110
Library &1 not found.
CPF2113
Cannot allocate library &1.
CPF2114
Cannot allocate object &1 in &2 type *&3.

60 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
CPF2117
&4 objects type *&3 deleted. &5 objects not deleted.
CPF2125
No objects deleted.
CPF2160
Object type *&1 not eligible for requested function.
CPF2176
Library &1 damaged.
CPF2182
Not authorized to library &1.
CPF2189
Not authorized to object &1 in &2 type *&3.
CPFA030
Object already in use.
CPFE007
Error occurred processing command.
CPF9803
Cannot allocate object &2 in library &3.
Top

Delete Module (DLTMOD) 61

62 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
Delete Mode Description (DLTMODD)
Where allowed to run: All environments (*ALL) Parameters
Threadsafe: No Examples
Error messages

The Delete Mode Description (DLTMODD) command deletes the specified mode description.
Top

Parameters
Keyword Description Choices Notes
MODD Mode description Qualifier list Required,
Positional 1
Qualifier 1: Mode Generic name, name
description

Top

Mode description (MODD)

Specifies the names of one or more mode description to delete. A specific mode description or a generic
mode description can be specified.
mode-description-name
Specify the name of the mode description to delete.
generic*-mode-description-to-name
Specify the generic name of the mode description to delete.

Note: A generic name is specified as a character string that contains one or more characters followed by
an asterisk (*). If a generic name is specified, then all objects that have names with the same prefix as the
generic object name are selected.

This is a required parameter.

Top

Examples
DLTMODD MODD(MODE01)

This command deletes the mode description MODE01 from the system.
Top

Error messages
*ESCAPE Messages
CPF2105
Object &1 in &2 type *&3 not found.
© Copyright IBM Corp. 1998, 2004 63
CPF2634
Not authorized to object &1.
Top

64 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
Delete Message File (DLTMSGF)
Where allowed to run: All environments (*ALL) Parameters
Threadsafe: No Examples
Error messages

The Delete Message File (DLTMSGF) command deletes the specified message files from the system,
including all the message descriptions stored in the file. If any messages that use this file exist on queues,
no message text will be available for those messages.

Restrictions: To delete the specified message file, you must have object existence (*OBJEXIST) authority
for the file. The IBM-supplied message files, QCPFMSG (for OS/400 messages) and the licensed program
message files (such as QRPGMSG), cannot be deleted (unless authorized by the security officer).
Top

Parameters
Keyword Description Choices Notes
MSGF Message file Qualified object name Required,
Positional 1
Qualifier 1: Message file Generic name, name
Qualifier 2: Library Name, *LIBL, *CURLIB, *USRLIBL, *ALL, *ALLUSR

Top

Message file (MSGF)

Specifies one or more message files to be deleted.

This is a required parameter.

Qualifier 1: Message file

message-file-name
Specify the name of the message file to be deleted.
generic*-message-file-name
Specify the generic name of the message file that is to be deleted. A generic name is a character
string that contains one or more characters followed by an asterisk (*). If a generic name is
specified, then all message files that have names with the same prefix as the generic message file
name are deleted.

Qualifier 2: Library
*LIBL All libraries in the library list for the current thread are searched until the first match is found.
*CURLIB
The current library for the job is searched. If no current library exists in the library list, library
QGPL is used.
*USRLIBL
If a current library entry exists in the library list for the current thread, the current library and the

© Copyright IBM Corp. 1998, 2004 65

 libraries in the user portion of the library list are searched. If there is no current library entry,
only the libraries in the user portion of the library list are searched.
*ALL All libraries in the system, including QSYS, are searched.
*ALLUSR
All user libraries are searched. All libraries with names that do not begin with the letter Q are
searched except for the following:
#CGULIB #DSULIB #SEULIB
#COBLIB #RPGLIB
#DFULIB #SDALIB
Although the following Qxxx libraries are provided by IBM, they typically contain user data that
changes frequently. Therefore, these libraries are considered user libraries and are also searched:
QDSNX QRCLxxxxx QUSRIJS QUSRVxRxMx
QGPL QSRVAGT QUSRINFSKR
QGPL38 QSYS2 QUSRNOTES
QMGTC QSYS2xxxxx QUSROND
QMGTC2 QS36F QUSRPOSGS
QMPGDATA QUSER38 QUSRPOSSA
QMQMDATA QUSRADSM QUSRPYMSVR
QMQMPROC QUSRBRM QUSRRDARS
QPFRDATA QUSRDIRCL QUSRSYS
QRCL QUSRDIRDB QUSRVI
1. ’xxxxx’ is the number of a primary auxiliary storage pool (ASP).
2. A different library name, in the format QUSRVxRxMx, can be created by the user for each
previous release supported by IBM to contain any user commands to be compiled in a CL
program for the previous release. For the QUSRVxRxMx user library, VxRxMx is the version,
release, and modification level of a previous release that IBM continues to support.
library-name
Specify the library to be searched.
Top

Examples
DLTMSGF MSGF(INV)

This command deletes the message file named INV. All message descriptions stored in INV are also
removed.
Top

Error messages
*ESCAPE Messages
CPF2105
Object &1 in &2 type *&3 not found.
CPF2110
Library &1 not found.
CPF2113
Cannot allocate library &1.
CPF2114
Cannot allocate object &1 in &2 type *&3.

66 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
CPF2117
&4 objects type *&3 deleted. &5 objects not deleted.
CPF2182
Not authorized to library &1.
CPF2189
Not authorized to object &1 in &2 type *&3.
Top

Delete Message File (DLTMSGF) 67

68 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
Delete Message Queue (DLTMSGQ)
Where allowed to run: All environments (*ALL) Parameters
Threadsafe: Yes Examples
Error messages

The Delete Message Queue (DLTMSGQ) command deletes the specified message queues and any
messages in those message queues. Any message in the queue that requires a reply is answered with the
default reply supplied by that message. If the message queue is being used by another job, the message
queue cannot be deleted.

Restrictions:
1. You must have use (*USE), object existence (*OBJEXIST), and delete (*DLT) authority for the message
queue.
2. You must have read (*READ) authority for the library in which the message queue is located.
3. The system operator message queue (QSYSOPR) and work station message queues cannot be deleted.
Top

Parameters
Keyword Description Choices Notes
MSGQ Message queue Qualified object name Required,
Positional 1
Qualifier 1: Message queue Generic name, name
Qualifier 2: Library Name, *LIBL, *CURLIB, *USRLIBL, *ALL, *ALLUSR

Top

Message queue (MSGQ)

Specifies one or more message queues to be deleted.

This is a required parameter.

Qualifier 1: Message queue

message-queue-name
Specify the name of the message queue to be deleted.
generic*-message-queue-name
Specify the generic name of the message queue that is to be deleted. A generic name is a
character string that contains one or more characters followed by an asterisk (*). If a generic name
is specified, then all message queues that have names with the same prefix as the generic
message queue name are deleted.

Qualifier 2: Library
*LIBL All libraries in the library list for the current thread are searched until the first match is found.
*CURLIB
The current library for the job is searched. If no current library exists in the library list, QGPL is
used.

© Copyright IBM Corp. 1998, 2004 69

*USRLIBL
If a current library entry exists in the library list for the current thread, the current library and the
libraries in the user portion of the library list are searched. If there is no current library entry,
only the libraries in the user portion of the library list are searched.
*ALL All libraries in the system, including QSYS, are searched.
*ALLUSR
All user libraries are searched. All libraries with names that do not begin with the letter Q are
searched except for the following:
#CGULIB #DSULIB #SEULIB
#COBLIB #RPGLIB
#DFULIB #SDALIB
Although the following Qxxx libraries are provided by IBM, they typically contain user data that
changes frequently. Therefore, these libraries are considered user libraries and are also searched:
QDSNX QRCLxxxxx QUSRIJS QUSRVxRxMx
QGPL QSRVAGT QUSRINFSKR
QGPL38 QSYS2 QUSRNOTES
QMGTC QSYS2xxxxx QUSROND
QMGTC2 QS36F QUSRPOSGS
QMPGDATA QUSER38 QUSRPOSSA
QMQMDATA QUSRADSM QUSRPYMSVR
QMQMPROC QUSRBRM QUSRRDARS
QPFRDATA QUSRDIRCL QUSRSYS
QRCL QUSRDIRDB QUSRVI
1. ’xxxxx’ is the number of a primary auxiliary storage pool (ASP).
2. A different library name, in the format QUSRVxRxMx, can be created by the user for each
previous release supported by IBM to contain any user commands to be compiled in a CL
program for the previous release. For the QUSRVxRxMx user library, VxRxMx is the version,
release, and modification level of a previous release that IBM continues to support.
name Specify the library to be searched.
Top

Examples
DLTMSGQ MSGQ(JONES)

This command deletes the message queue named JONES. Messages stored in the JONES queue are also
removed. The library list is used to find the message queue.
Top

Error messages
*ESCAPE Messages
CPF2105
Object &1 in &2 type *&3 not found.
CPF2110
Library &1 not found.
CPF2117
&4 objects type *&3 deleted. &5 objects not deleted.
CPF2182
Not authorized to library &1.

70 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
CPF2403
Message queue &1 in &2 not found.
CPF2408
Not authorized to message queue &1.
CPF2451
Message queue &1 is allocated to another job.
CPF2477
Message queue &1 currently in use.
CPF2505
Deleting work station message queue not allowed.
CPF9830
Cannot assign library &1.
Top

Delete Message Queue (DLTMSGQ) 71

72 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
Delete Network File (DLTNETF)
Where allowed to run: All environments (*ALL) Parameters
Threadsafe: No Examples
Error messages

The Delete Network File (DLTNETF) command deletes a file or files from a user’s queue of arrived
network files. A user with security officer authority can delete files sent to any user. A user other than the
security officer can delete only those files that are sent to him or to his group profile.
Top

Parameters
Keyword Description Choices Notes
FILE File Character value Required,
Positional 1
MBR Member Character value, *ONLY, *ALL Optional,
Positional 2
NBR File number Integer, *LAST, *ONLY, *ALL Optional,
Positional 3
USER User Name, *CURRENT Optional

Top

File (FILE)
Specifies the name of the network file that has one or more members to be deleted.

This is a required parameter.

Top

Member (MBR)
Specifies the name of the file member that is deleted.
*ONLY
Only one file member is deleted.
*ALL All file members available for this file are deleted. If *ALL is specified here, *ALL must also be
specified on the File number prompt (NBR parameter).
member-name
Specify the name of the file member that is deleted. A file member name cannot be specified if
the file is a save file.
Top

© Copyright IBM Corp. 1998, 2004 73

File number (NBR)
Specifies the number of the network file member that is deleted. This number is used to identify the
member deleted when there is more than one member of the same name in the file.
*LAST
The last copy of the network file member identified on the File prompt (FILE parameter) and
Member prompt (MBR parameter) is deleted. The last file member is determined as the last
member to arrive at the user’s system.
Note: The file member that arrived last at the user’s system may not have been the last one sent
by the sending user. The network does not guarantee the arrival sequence of separately sent files.
*ONLY
Only one file member of the specified file name is deleted. If there is more than one member of
the specified name available, an escape message is sent, and the command is not run.
*ALL All members that are identified on the File prompt (FILE parameter) and Member prompt (MBR
parameter) are deleted. If a member name is specified, all members of that name are deleted. If
*ALL is specified for the MBR parameter, all members of the file are deleted.
number
Specify the network file number of the file member that is deleted.
Top

User (USER)
Specifies the user to whom the deleted files were sent.
*CURRENT
The files sent to the current user are deleted.
user-name
Specify the name of the user to whom the files were sent. A user with security officer authority
can delete files sent to any user. Users other than the security officer can delete only those files
that are sent to them or to their group profile.
Top

Examples
Example 1: Deleting a Single Member
DLTNETF FILE(APPOINTMNT) MBR(FRIDAY)

This command deletes member FRIDAY of file APPOINTMNT.

Example 2: Deleting a File

DLTNETF FILE(SCHEDULE) USER(NETUSER1) NBR(708926)

This command deletes file SCHEDULE, number&rbl.708926, from the network files for user NETUSER1.
This command is run only by NETUSER1, a member of the NETUSER1 group, or a user with security
officer authority.

Example 3: Deleting All Members

DLTNETF FILE(OLDINFO) MBR(*ALL) NBR(*ALL)

74 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
This command deletes all available members for file OLDINFO, including all duplicated named
members.
Top

Error messages
*ESCAPE Messages
CPF2204
User profile &1 not found.
CPF8060
No files compare to the specified selection.
CPF8063
Cannot assign necessary resource.
CPF8070
Not allowed to process files for user &1.
CPF8077
More than one file with same name found. See previously displayed messages.
CPF8081
File &5 member &6 number &7 already processed.
CPF8082
Cannot get network file &5 member &6 number &7.
CPF8083
No network files deleted.
CPF9005
System resource required to complete this request not available.
CPF9006
User not enrolled in system distribution directory.
CPF9830
Cannot assign library &1.
CPF9845
Error occurred while opening file &1.
CPF9846
Error while processing file &1 in library &2.
CPF9847
Error occurred while closing file &1 in library &2.
Top

Delete Network File (DLTNETF) 75

76 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
Delete Node Group (DLTNODGRP)
Where allowed to run: All environments (*ALL) Parameters
Threadsafe: No Examples
Error messages

The Delete Node Group (DLTNODGRP) command deletes a node group associated with relational
database files. This command does not affect any files created against the node group.
Top

Parameters
Keyword Description Choices Notes
NODGRP Node group Qualified object name Required,
Positional 1
Qualifier 1: Node group Generic name, name
Qualifier 2: Library Name, *LIBL, *CURLIB, *USRLIBL, *ALL, *ALLUSR

Top

Node group (NODGRP)

Specifies the node group to be deleted.

This is a required parameter.

Qualifier 1: Node group

generic-name
Specify the generic name of the node groups to be deleted. A generic name is a character string of
one or more characters followed by an asterisk (*); for example, ABC*. If a generic name is
specified, then all node groups with names that begin with the generic name, and for which the
user has authority, are deleted. If an asterisk is not included with the generic (prefix) name, the
system assumes it to be the complete node group name.
name Specify the name of the node group to be deleted.

Qualifier 2: Library
*LIBL All libraries in the library list for the current thread are searched until the first match is found.
*CURLIB
The current library for the thread is searched. If no library is specified as the current library for
the thread, the QGPL library is searched.
*USRLIBL
If a current library entry exists in the library list for the current thread, the current library and the
libraries in the user portion of the library list are searched. If there is no current library entry,
only the libraries in the user portion of the library list are searched.
*ALL All libraries in the system, including QSYS, are searched.

© Copyright IBM Corp. 1998, 2004 77

*ALLUSR
All user libraries are searched. All libraries with names that do not begin with the letter Q are
searched except for the following:
#CGULIB #DSULIB #SEULIB
#COBLIB #RPGLIB
#DFULIB #SDALIB
Although the following Qxxx libraries are provided by IBM, they typically contain user data that
changes frequently. Therefore, these libraries are considered user libraries and are also searched:
QDSNX QRCLxxxxx QUSRIJS QUSRVxRxMx
QGPL QSRVAGT QUSRINFSKR
QGPL38 QSYS2 QUSRNOTES
QMGTC QSYS2xxxxx QUSROND
QMGTC2 QS36F QUSRPOSGS
QMPGDATA QUSER38 QUSRPOSSA
QMQMDATA QUSRADSM QUSRPYMSVR
QMQMPROC QUSRBRM QUSRRDARS
QPFRDATA QUSRDIRCL QUSRSYS
QRCL QUSRDIRDB QUSRVI
1. ’xxxxx’ is the number of a primary auxiliary storage pool (ASP).
2. A different library name, in the format QUSRVxRxMx, can be created by the user for each
previous release supported by IBM to contain any user commands to be compiled in a CL
program for the previous release. For the QUSRVxRxMx user library, VxRxMx is the version,
release, and modification level of a previous release that IBM continues to support.
name Specify the name of the library to be searched.
Top

Examples
DLTNODGRP NODGRP(LIB1/GROUP1)

This command deletes the node group called GROUP1, but any files created with this node group can
still be used.
Top

Error messages
*ESCAPE Messages
CPF2105
Object &1 in &2 type *&3 not found.
CPF2110
Library &1 not found.
CPF2113
Cannot allocate library &1.
CPF2114
Cannot allocate object &1 in &2 type *&3.
CPF2182
Not authorized to library &1.
CPF2189
Not authorized to object &1 in &2 type *&3.

78 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
CPF3166
Node group &1 in library &2 not found.
Top

Delete Node Group (DLTNODGRP) 79

80 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
Delete Node List (DLTNODL)
Where allowed to run: All environments (*ALL) Parameters
Threadsafe: No Examples
Error messages

The Delete Node List (DLTNODL) command deletes a node list from a specified library.
Top

Parameters
Keyword Description Choices Notes
NODL Node list Qualified object name Required,
Positional 1
Qualifier 1: Node list Generic name, name
Qualifier 2: Library Name, *LIBL, *CURLIB, *USRLIBL, *ALL, *ALLUSR

Top

Node list (NODL)

Specifies the qualified name of the node list being deleted.

The node list name can be qualified by one of the following library values:
*LIBL All libraries in the library list for the current thread are searched until the first match is found.
*CURLIB
The current library for the job is searched. If no library is specified as the current library for the
job, the QGPL library is used.
*USRLIBL
Only the libraries in the user portion of the job’s library list are searched.
*ALL All libraries in the system, including QSYS, are searched.
*ALLUSR
All user libraries are searched. All libraries with names that do not begin with the letter Q are
searched except for the following:
#CGULIB #DSULIB #SEULIB
#COBLIB #RPGLIB
#DFULIB #SDALIB
Although the following Qxxx libraries are provided by IBM, they typically contain user data that
changes frequently. Therefore, these libraries are considered user libraries and are also searched:
QDSNX QRCLxxxxx QUSRIJS QUSRVxRxMx
QGPL QSRVAGT QUSRINFSKR
QGPL38 QSYS2 QUSRNOTES
QMGTC QSYS2xxxxx QUSROND
QMGTC2 QS36F QUSRPOSGS
QMPGDATA QUSER38 QUSRPOSSA
QMQMDATA QUSRADSM QUSRPYMSVR
QMQMPROC QUSRBRM QUSRRDARS
QPFRDATA QUSRDIRCL QUSRSYS
QRCL QUSRDIRDB QUSRVI

© Copyright IBM Corp. 1998, 2004 81

 1. ’xxxxx’ is the number of a primary auxiliary storage pool (ASP).
2. A different library name, in the format QUSRVxRxMx, can be created by the user for each
previous release supported by IBM to contain any user commands to be compiled in a CL
program for the previous release. For the QUSRVxRxMx user library, VxRxMx is the version,
release, and modification level of a previous release that IBM continues to support.
library-name
Specify the name of the library containing the node list to be deleted.

The possible values are:

node-list-name
Specify the name of the node list being deleted.
generic*-node-list-name
Specify the generic name of the node list being deleted. A generic name is a character string of
one or more characters followed by an asterisk (*); for example, ABC*. The asterisk (*) substitutes
for any valid characters. A generic name specifies all objects with names that begin with the
generic prefix, for which the user has authority. If an asterisk is not included with the generic
(prefix) name, the system assumes it to be the complete object name. If the complete object name
is specified, and multiple libraries are searched, multiple objects can be returned, only if *ALL or
*ALLUSR library values can be specified for the name.
Top

Examples
DLTNODL NODL(MYLIB/NODL*)

This command deletes all node lists in library MYLIB whose names begin with NODL.
Top

Error messages
*ESCAPE Messages
CPF2105
Object &1 in &2 type *&3 not found.
CPF2110
Library &1 not found.
CPF2113
Cannot allocate library &1.
CPF2114
Cannot allocate object &1 in &2 type *&3.
CPF2117
&4 objects type *&3 deleted. &5 objects not deleted.
CPF2125
No objects deleted.
CPF2176
Library &1 damaged.
CPF2182
Not authorized to library &1.

82 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
CPF2189
Not authorized to object &1 in &2 type *&3.
Top

Delete Node List (DLTNODL) 83

84 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
Delete NetBIOS Descriptions (DLTNTBD)
Where allowed to run: All environments (*ALL) Parameters
Threadsafe: No Examples
Error messages

The Delete NetBIOS Description (DLTNTBD) command deletes specified NetBIOS descriptions.
Top

Parameters
Keyword Description Choices Notes
NTBD NetBIOS description Qualifier list Required,
Positional 1
Qualifier 1: NetBIOS Generic name, name
description

Top

NetBIOS description (NTBD)

Specifies the names of the NetBIOS descriptions being deleted.
NetBIOS-description-name
Specify the name of the NetBIOS description being deleted.
generic*-NetBIOS-description-name
Specify the generic name of the NetBIOS description. A generic name is a character string of one
or more characters followed by an asterisk (*); for example, ABC*. The asterisk substitutes for any
valid characters. A generic name specifies all objects with names that begin with the generic
prefix for which the user has authority. If an asterisk is not included with the generic (prefix)
name, the system assumes it to be the complete object name.

This is a required parameter.

Top

Examples
DLTNTBD NTBD(MYNETBIOS)

This command deletes the NetBIOS description named MYNETBIOS from the system.
Top

Error messages
None
Top

© Copyright IBM Corp. 1998, 2004 85

86 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
Delete NetWare Volume (DLTNTWVOL)
Where allowed to run: All environments (*ALL) Parameters
Threadsafe: No Examples
Error messages

The Delete NetWare Volume (DLTNTWVOL) command deletes an existing volume. The volume must be
dismounted from the network server before it can be deleted. Specify DISMOUNT(*YES) to dismount the
volume from a network server. Also, the network server must be active at the time the volume is deleted.

Restrictions: You must have *IOSYSCFG special authority to use this command.
Top

Parameters
Keyword Description Choices Notes
VOL Volume Character value Required,
Positional 1
SERVER Server Character value Required,
Positional 2
DISMOUNT Dismount *YES, *NO Optional

Top

Volume (VOL)
Specifies the volume to be deleted.
Top

Server (SERVER)
Specifies the network server on which the volume resides. The server must be active at the time the
volume is deleted.
Top

Dismount (DISMOUNT)
Specifies whether to dismount the volume before deleting the volume. The volume must be dismounted
before it can be deleted.
*NO Do not dismount the volume before deleting it.
*YES Dismount the volume before deleting it.
Top

© Copyright IBM Corp. 1998, 2004 87

Examples
DLTNTWVOL VOL(APPS) SERVER(MKTING)

This command deletes the volume named APPS which resides on server MKTING.
Top

Error messages
*ESCAPE Messages
FPE0108
Volume &1 not deleted.
Top

88 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
Delete Network Interface Desc (DLTNWID)
Where allowed to run: All environments (*ALL) Parameters
Threadsafe: No Examples
Error messages

The Delete Network Interface Description (DLTNWID) command deletes the specified network interface
descriptions. The network interface description must be varied off before this command is issued.
Top

Parameters
Keyword Description Choices Notes
NWID Network interface Generic name, name Required,
description Positional 1

Top

Network interface description (NWID)

This is a required parameter.

Specifies the name of the network interface descriptions being deleted. A specific network interface
description or a generic network interface description must be specified.
network-interface-description
Specify the name of the network interface description being deleted.
generic*-network-interface-description
Specify the generic name of the network interface description to be deleted. A generic name is a
character string that contains one or more characters followed by an asterisk (*). If a generic name
of a network interface is specified, all network interface descriptions that have names with the
same prefix as the generic network interface description name are deleted.
Top

Examples
DLTNWID NWID(THISONE)

This command deletes the network interface description of the network interface named THISONE from
the system.

If the deleted network interface description has any line descriptions associated with it, they are detached
and a message containing those line description names is sent to the system operator. The detached line
descriptions are then associated with a new network interface description if their names are specified on
the command that creates the network interface description.
Top

© Copyright IBM Corp. 1998, 2004 89

Error messages
*ESCAPE Messages
CPF2625
Not able to allocate object &1.
CPF2634
Not authorized to object &1.
CPF27A4
Network interface description &1 not found.
CPF27A9
Network interface description &1 not varied off.
Top

90 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
Delete Network Server Desc (DLTNWSD)
Where allowed to run: All environments (*ALL) Parameters
Threadsafe: No Examples
Error messages

The Delete Network Server Description (DLTNWSD) command deletes specified network server
descriptions.
Top

Parameters
Keyword Description Choices Notes
NWSD Network server description Generic name, name Required,
Positional 1

Top

Network server description (NWSD)

Specifies the names of the network server descriptions being deleted.
network-server-description-name
Specify the name of the network server description being deleted.
generic*-network-server-description-name
Specify the generic name of the network server description. A generic name is a character string
of one or more characters followed by an asterisk (*); for example, ABC*. The asterisk substitutes
for any valid characters. A generic name specifies all objects with names that begin with the
generic prefix for which the user has authority. If an asterisk is not included with the generic
(prefix) name, the system assumes it to be the complete object name.

This is a required parameter.

Top

Examples
DLTNWSD NWSD(REMODEL)

This command deletes the network server description named REMODEL from the system.
Top

Error messages
*ESCAPE Messages
CPF2625
Not able to allocate object &1.

© Copyright IBM Corp. 1998, 2004 91

CPF2634
Not authorized to object &1.
CPF2668
Object description not deleted.
Top

92 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
Delete NWS Storage Space (DLTNWSSTG)
Where allowed to run: All environments (*ALL) Parameters
Threadsafe: No Examples
Error messages

The Delete Network Server Storage Space (DLTNWSSTG) command deletes an existing network server
storage space.

A storage space cannot be deleted if it is linked to a network server description. Before you can delete a
linked storage space, the link must be removed by using the Remove Network Server Storage Link
(RMVNWSSTGL) command.
Top

Parameters
Keyword Description Choices Notes
NWSSTG Network server storage Name Required,
space Positional 1

Top

Network server storage space (NWSSTG)

Specifies the name of the network server storage space to be deleted.
Top

Examples
DLTNWSSTG NWSSTG(STGSPACE1)

This command deletes the network server storage space named STGSPACE1.
Top

Error messages
*ESCAPE Messages
CPDA427
Not authorized to object &1.
CPFA437
Storage space &1 in use.
Top

© Copyright IBM Corp. 1998, 2004 93

94 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
Delete Output Queue (DLTOUTQ)
Where allowed to run: All environments (*ALL) Parameters
Threadsafe: No Examples
Error messages

The Delete Output Queue (DLTOUTQ) command deletes the specified output queue(s) from the system.

Restrictions:
1. The output queue being deleted cannot contain any entries: the output for each file must be printed,
deleted, or moved to a different output queue.
2. A subsystem cannot be active.
3. The queue cannot be in use by a spooling writer.
4. The queue cannot be deleted if it has been created by the system for a specific printer.
Top

Parameters
Keyword Description Choices Notes
OUTQ Output queue Qualified object name Required,
Positional 1
Qualifier 1: Output queue Generic name, name
Qualifier 2: Library Name, *LIBL, *CURLIB, *USRLIBL, *ALL, *ALLUSR

Top

Output queue (OUTQ)

This is a required parameter.

Specifies the name of the output queue(s) to be deleted. A specific output queue or a generic output
queue can be specified; either type can be optionally qualified by a library name.

The possible output queue values are:

output-queue-name
Specify the name of the output queue to be deleted.
generic*-output-queue-name
Specify the generic name of the output queue that is to be deleted. A generic name is a character
string that contains one or more characters followed by an asterisk (*), such as ’AR*’. If a generic
name is specified, then all output queues that have names with the same prefix as the generic
output queue name are deleted. The libraries searched for the output queues to be deleted
depend on the library qualifier that is specified or assumed.

The possible library values are:

*LIBL All libraries in the library list for the current thread are searched until the first match is found.
*USRLIBL
If a current library entry exists in the library list for the current thread, the current library and the

© Copyright IBM Corp. 1998, 2004 95

 libraries in the user portion of the library list are searched. If there is no current library entry,
only the libraries in the user portion of the library list are searched.
*ALL All libraries in the system, including QSYS, are searched.
*ALLUSR
All user libraries are searched. All libraries with names that do not begin with the letter Q are
searched except for the following:
#CGULIB #DSULIB #SEULIB
#COBLIB #RPGLIB
#DFULIB #SDALIB
Although the following Qxxx libraries are provided by IBM, they typically contain user data that
changes frequently. Therefore, these libraries are considered user libraries and are also searched:
QDSNX QRCLxxxxx QUSRIJS QUSRVxRxMx
QGPL QSRVAGT QUSRINFSKR
QGPL38 QSYS2 QUSRNOTES
QMGTC QSYS2xxxxx QUSROND
QMGTC2 QS36F QUSRPOSGS
QMPGDATA QUSER38 QUSRPOSSA
QMQMDATA QUSRADSM QUSRPYMSVR
QMQMPROC QUSRBRM QUSRRDARS
QPFRDATA QUSRDIRCL QUSRSYS
QRCL QUSRDIRDB QUSRVI
1. ’xxxxx’ is the number of a primary auxiliary storage pool (ASP).
2. A different library name, in the format QUSRVxRxMx, can be created by the user for each
previous release supported by IBM to contain any user commands to be compiled in a CL
program for the previous release. For the QUSRVxRxMx user library, VxRxMx is the version,
release, and modification level of a previous release that IBM continues to support.
*CURLIB
The current library for the job is used to locate the output queue. If no current library entry exists
in the library list, QGPL is used.
library-name
Specify the library where the output queue is located.
Top

Examples
DLTOUTQ OUTQ(PUNCH2)

This command deletes the output queue PUNCH2 from the system.
Top

Error messages
*ESCAPE Messages
CPF1763
Cannot allocate one or more libraries.
CPF2105
Object &1 in &2 type *&3 not found.
CPF2110
Library &1 not found.

96 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
CPF2117
&4 objects type *&3 deleted. &5 objects not deleted.
CPF2182
Not authorized to library &1.
CPF2207
Not authorized to use object &1 in library &3 type *&2.
CPF3330
Necessary resource not available.
CPF3360
Output queue &1 in &2 not deleted. Output queue in use.
CPF3467
Output queue &1 deleted and then created again.
CPF3469
Operation not allowed for output queue.
Top

Delete Output Queue (DLTOUTQ) 97

98 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
Delete Overlay (DLTOVL)
Where allowed to run: All environments (*ALL) Parameters
Threadsafe: No Examples
Error messages

The Delete Overlay (DLTOVL) command deletes an overlay from the specified library. If the overlay is
found, it is deleted. If the overlay is not found, a message is sent to the user stating that the overlay
could not be found.
Top

Parameters
Keyword Description Choices Notes
OVL Overlay Qualified object name Required,
Positional 1
Qualifier 1: Overlay Generic name, name
Qualifier 2: Library Name, *LIBL, *CURLIB, *USRLIBL, *ALL, *ALLUSR

Top

Overlay (OVL)
Specifies the name and library of the overlay to delete. A specific overlay or a generic overlay can be
specified. Either type can be optionally qualified by a library name.

This is a required parameter.

The possible library values are:

*LIBL All libraries in the library list for the current thread are searched until the first match is found.
*CURLIB
The current library for the job is searched for overlays to delete. If no library is specified as the
current library for the job, QGPL is used.
*USRLIBL
If a current library entry exists in the library list for the current thread, the current library and the
libraries in the user portion of the library list are searched. If there is no current library entry,
only the libraries in the user portion of the library list are searched.
*ALL All libraries in the system, including QSYS, are searched.
*ALLUSR
All user libraries are searched. All libraries with names that do not begin with the letter Q are
searched except for the following:
#CGULIB #DSULIB #SEULIB
#COBLIB #RPGLIB
#DFULIB #SDALIB
Although the following Qxxx libraries are provided by IBM, they typically contain user data that
changes frequently. Therefore, these libraries are considered user libraries and are also searched:

© Copyright IBM Corp. 1998, 2004 99

 QDSNX QRCLxxxxx QUSRIJS QUSRVxRxMx
QGPL QSRVAGT QUSRINFSKR
QGPL38 QSYS2 QUSRNOTES
QMGTC QSYS2xxxxx QUSROND
QMGTC2 QS36F QUSRPOSGS
QMPGDATA QUSER38 QUSRPOSSA
QMQMDATA QUSRADSM QUSRPYMSVR
QMQMPROC QUSRBRM QUSRRDARS
QPFRDATA QUSRDIRCL QUSRSYS
QRCL QUSRDIRDB QUSRVI
1. ’xxxxx’ is the number of a primary auxiliary storage pool (ASP).
2. A different library name, in the format QUSRVxRxMx, can be created by the user for each
previous release supported by IBM to contain any user commands to be compiled in a CL
program for the previous release. For the QUSRVxRxMx user library, VxRxMx is the version,
release, and modification level of a previous release that IBM continues to support.
library-name
Specify a library name. Only the library named in this parameter is searched for overlays to
delete.

The possible values are:

overlay-name
Specify the name of the overlay to delete.
generic*-overlay-name
Specify the generic name of the overlay to delete. A generic name is a character string that
contains one or more characters followed by an asterisk (*). If a generic name is specified, then all
overlays that have names with the same prefix as the generic overlay name are deleted.
Top

Examples
Example 1: Deleting Overlays in All Libraries
DLTOVL OVL(*ALL/OVL1)

This command deletes all the overlays named OVL1 in all the libraries, including all IBM-supplied
libraries.

Example 2: Deleting Overlays in Current Library

DLTOVL OVL(*CURLIB/OV*)

This command deletes all the overlays that begin with the letters ’OV’ in the current library.
Top

Error messages
None
Top

100 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
Delete Override (DLTOVR)
Where allowed to run: All environments (*ALL) Parameters
Threadsafe: Conditional Examples
Error messages

The Delete Override (DLTOVR) command deletes one or more file overrides (including message file
overrides) that were previously specified in a call level. For each overridden file named in the DLTOVR
command, the override specified in the same call level as the DLTOVR command is deleted. When the
command is specified interactively or outside a program in a batch job, the file overrides for the call level
are deleted; when the command is used in a CL program, the file overrides for that program call level are
deleted. A file override is the result of an override file command.

The DLTOVR command can delete all the file overrides for all the files in the same call level or the file
overrides for specified files in the same call level. Only the file overrides in the call level in which the
command is specified are deleted. For example, if an override command is specified in one program in a
routing step, and then another program is called that also contains override commands, a DLTOVR
command specified in the second program can delete only overrides that occur in that program. The
DLTOVR command has no effect on the override command that was specified before the program was
called. The deleted file overrides have no effect on subsequent uses of the file.

Restrictions:
1. In a multithreaded job, this command may only be issued from the initial thread.
Top

Parameters
Keyword Description Choices Notes
FILE Overridden file Single values: *ALL Required,
Other values (up to 50 repetitions): Name, *PRTF Positional 1
LVL Call level *ACTGRPDFN, *, *JOB Optional

Top

Overridden file (FILE)

Specifies the names of the overridden files in the call level whose file overrides are deleted.
*ALL All the file overrides that exist in the call level where this command is entered are deleted.
*PRTF The *PRTF file override exists in the call level where this command is entered is deleted.
overridden-file-name
Specify the names of one or more overridden files for which the overrides in the call level are
deleted.

You can enter multiple values for this parameter.

Top

© Copyright IBM Corp. 1998, 2004 101

Call level (LVL)
Specifies the call level of the file overrides deleted. There is a one-to-one correspondence between the call
stack entries shown on the call stack from the Work with Job (WRKJOB) command and the call level for
that call stack entry.

The first call stack entry name on the call stack (at the top of the list) is the call program or procedure at
call level one. The second call stack entry name is the program or procedure at call level two. The last
call stack entry name is the program or procedure at the highest call level for the job.
*ACTGRPDFN
The call level of the file overrides to be deleted is determined by the activation group of the
program that calls this command. When the activation group is the default activation group, the
call level of the overrides to be deleted equals the call level of the calling program. When the
activation group is not the default activation group, the call level of the overrides to be deleted
equals the activation group of the calling program.
* The call level of the file overrides to be deleted is the call level of the program that called the
DLTOVR command processing program. If the DLTOVR command is called through QCMDEXC,
the call level is the same level as that of the caller of QCMDEXC.
*JOB The file overrides scoped to the job are deleted. Only overrides at the job level with
OVRSCOPE(*JOB) are deleted.
Top

Examples
Example 1: Deleting Call Level Overrides
1. OVRDBF FILE(A) TOFILE(B)
2. OVRPRTF FILE(C) TOFILE(D)
3. OVRTAPF FILE(E) TOFILE(F)
:
4. DLTOVR FILE(A C)
5. DLTOVR FILE(*ALL)

If the first three override commands had been specified earlier in the call level, the files B, D, and F
would override files A, C, and E. The fourth command deletes only the file overrides that affect files A
and C. The last command deletes all the file overrides that exist in the call level, which in this case is the
command overriding file E, the third command.
Top

Error messages
*ESCAPE Messages
CPF180C
Function &1 not allowed.
CPF9841
Override not found at specified level.
Top

102 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
Delete Override Pgm Dev Entry (DLTOVRDEVE)
Where allowed to run: All environments (*ALL) Parameters
Threadsafe: No Examples
Error messages

The Delete Override Device Entry (DLTOVRDEVE) command deletes one or more program device
overrides that were previously specified in a call level.

For each overridden program device named in the DLTOVRDEVE command, the override specified in
the same call level as the DLTOVRDEVE command is deleted. When the command is entered
interactively or outside a program in a batch job, the program device overrides for the call level are
deleted; when the command is used in a CL program, the program device overrides for that program call
level are deleted. A program device override is the result of an override program device command
Override Intersystem Communications Function Device Entry (OVRICFDEVE).

The DLTOVRDEVE command can delete all the program device overrides in the same call level, or it can
delete a specific program device override in the same call level. Only the call level in which the
command is entered has its program device overrides deleted. For example, if an override command is
entered in one program in a routing step, and then another program is called that also contains override
commands, a DLTOVRDEVE command entered in the second program can delete only overrides that
occurred in that program. The DLTOVRDEVE command has no effect on the override command that was
entered before the program was called. The deleted program device override has no effect on subsequent
uses of the program device.
Top

Parameters
Keyword Description Choices Notes
PGMDEV Overridden program device Single values: *ALL Required,
Other values (up to 50 repetitions): Name Positional 1
LVL Call level *ACTGRPDFN, *, *JOB Optional

Top

Overridden program device (PGMDEV)

Specifies the program device overrides being deleted. One or more program device overrides can be
specified by name.
*ALL All program device overrides that exist in the call level where this command is entered are
deleted.
overridden-program-device-name
Specify the names of one or more overridden program devices for which the overrides in the call
level are to be deleted.

You can enter multiple values for this parameter.

Top

© Copyright IBM Corp. 1998, 2004 103

Call level (LVL)
Specifies the call level of the program device overrides to be deleted. There is a one-to-one
correspondence between the call stack entries shown on the call stack from the Work with Job (WRKJOB)
command and the call level for that call stack entry.

The first call stack entry name on the call stack (at the top of the list) is the call program or procedure at
call level one. The second call stack entry name is the program or procedure at call level two. The last
call stack entry name is the program or procedure at the highest call level for the job.
*ACTGRPDFN
The call level of the program device overrides to be deleted is determined by the activation group
of the program that calls this command. When the activation group is the default activation
group, the call level of the program device overrides to be deleted equals the call level of the
calling program. When the activation group is not the default activation group, the call level of
the program device overrides to be deleted equals the activation group of the calling program.
* The call level of the program device overrides to be deleted is the call level of the program that
called the DLTOVRDEVE command processing program. If the DLTOVRDEVE command is called
through QCMDEXC, the call level is the same level as that of the caller of QCMDEXC.
*JOB The program device overrides scoped to the job are deleted. Only overrides at the job level with
OVRSCOPE(*JOB) specified are deleted.
Top

Examples
Example 1: Deleting Program Device Overrides With Calling Program in Default Activation Group
DLTOVRDEVE PGMDEV(*ALL)

This command deletes all program device overrides that exist in the call level, when the calling program
runs in the default activation group. When the calling program runs in an activation group other than the
default activation group, the program device overrides that are scoped to that activation group are
deleted.

Example 2: Deleting Program Device Overrides With Calling Program in Any Activation Group
DLTOVRDEVE PGMDEV(*ALL) LVL(*)

This command deletes all program device overrides that exist in the call level, regardless of the activation
group the calling program runs in.
Top

Error messages
*ESCAPE Messages
CPF180C
Function &1 not allowed.
CPF1892
Function &1 not allowed.
CPF9841
Override not found at specified level.

104 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
 Top

Delete Override Pgm Dev Entry (DLTOVRDEVE) 105

106 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
Delete Page Definition (DLTPAGDFN)
Where allowed to run: All environments (*ALL) Parameters
Threadsafe: No Examples
Error messages

The Delete Page Definition (DLTPAGDFN) command deletes a page definition from the specified library.
If the page definition is not found, a message is sent to the user stating that the page segment could not
be found.

Restriction: You must have *OBJEXIST authority to delete an object.

Top

Parameters
Keyword Description Choices Notes
PAGDFN Page definition Qualified object name Required,
Positional 1
Qualifier 1: Page definition Generic name, name
Qualifier 2: Library Name, *LIBL, *CURLIB, *USRLIBL, *ALL, *ALLUSR

Top

Page definition (PAGDFN)

Specifies the name and library of the page definition to be deleted. You can specify a particular page
definition or a generic page definition. Either definition can be qualified by a library name.

This is a required parameter.

The possible page definition values are:

page-definition-name
Specify the name of the page definition to be deleted.
generic*-page-definition-name
Specify the generic name of the page definition. A generic name is a character string that contains
one or more characters followed by an asterisk (*). If a generic name is specified, all of the page
definitions that have names with the same prefix as the generic page definition name are deleted.

The possible library values are:

*LIBL All libraries in the library list for the current thread are searched until the first match is found.
*USRLIBL
If a current library entry exists in the library list for the current thread, the current library and the
libraries in the user portion of the library list are searched. If there is no current library entry,
only the libraries in the user portion of the library list are searched.
*CURLIB
Only the current library is searched. If no current library entry exists in the library list, QGPL is
used.

© Copyright IBM Corp. 1998, 2004 107

*ALL All libraries in the system, including QSYS, are searched.
*ALLUSR
All user libraries are searched. All libraries with names that do not begin with the letter Q are
searched except for the following:
#CGULIB #DSULIB #SEULIB
#COBLIB #RPGLIB
#DFULIB #SDALIB
Although the following Qxxx libraries are provided by IBM, they typically contain user data that
changes frequently. Therefore, these libraries are considered user libraries and are also searched:
QDSNX QRCLxxxxx QUSRIJS QUSRVxRxMx
QGPL QSRVAGT QUSRINFSKR
QGPL38 QSYS2 QUSRNOTES
QMGTC QSYS2xxxxx QUSROND
QMGTC2 QS36F QUSRPOSGS
QMPGDATA QUSER38 QUSRPOSSA
QMQMDATA QUSRADSM QUSRPYMSVR
QMQMPROC QUSRBRM QUSRRDARS
QPFRDATA QUSRDIRCL QUSRSYS
QRCL QUSRDIRDB QUSRVI
1. ’xxxxx’ is the number of a primary auxiliary storage pool (ASP).
2. A different library name, in the format QUSRVxRxMx, can be created by the user for each
previous release supported by IBM to contain any user commands to be compiled in a CL
program for the previous release. For the QUSRVxRxMx user library, VxRxMx is the version,
release, and modification level of a previous release that IBM continues to support.
library-name
Specify the name of the library to be searched.
Top

Examples
Example 1: Deleting a Page Definition from the Current Library
DLTPAGDFN PAGDFN(*CURLIB/P1DFLT)

This command deletes page definition P1DFLT if it is found in the current library.

Example 2: Deleting Page Definitions

DLTPAGDFN PAGDFN(*LIBL/P1*)

This command deletes all page definitions that begin with P1 in the job’s library list.
Top

Error messages
None
Top

108 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
Delete Page Segment (DLTPAGSEG)
Where allowed to run: All environments (*ALL) Parameters
Threadsafe: No Examples
Error messages

The Delete Page Segment (DLTPAGSEG) command deletes a page segment from the specified library. If
the page segment is found, it is deleted. If the page segment is not found, a message is sent to the user
stating that the page segment could not be found.
Top

Parameters
Keyword Description Choices Notes
PAGSEG Page segment Qualified object name Required,
Positional 1
Qualifier 1: Page segment Generic name, name
Qualifier 2: Library Name, *LIBL, *CURLIB, *USRLIBL, *ALL, *ALLUSR

Top

Page segment (PAGSEG)

Specifies the name and library of the page segment to delete. A specific page segment or a generic page
segment can be specified. Either type can be optionally qualified by a library name.

This is a required parameter.

The possible library values are:

*LIBL All libraries in the library list for the current thread are searched until the first match is found.
*CURLIB
The current library for the job is searched for page segments to delete. If no library specified as
the current library for the job, QGPL is used.
*USRLIBL
If a current library entry exists in the library list for the current thread, the current library and the
libraries in the user portion of the library list are searched. If there is no current library entry,
only the libraries in the user portion of the library list are searched.
*ALL All libraries in the system, including QSYS, are searched.
*ALLUSR
All user libraries are searched. All libraries with names that do not begin with the letter Q are
searched except for the following:
#CGULIB #DSULIB #SEULIB
#COBLIB #RPGLIB
#DFULIB #SDALIB
Although the following Qxxx libraries are provided by IBM, they typically contain user data that
changes frequently. Therefore, these libraries are considered user libraries and are also searched:

© Copyright IBM Corp. 1998, 2004 109

 QDSNX QRCLxxxxx QUSRIJS QUSRVxRxMx
QGPL QSRVAGT QUSRINFSKR
QGPL38 QSYS2 QUSRNOTES
QMGTC QSYS2xxxxx QUSROND
QMGTC2 QS36F QUSRPOSGS
QMPGDATA QUSER38 QUSRPOSSA
QMQMDATA QUSRADSM QUSRPYMSVR
QMQMPROC QUSRBRM QUSRRDARS
QPFRDATA QUSRDIRCL QUSRSYS
QRCL QUSRDIRDB QUSRVI
1. ’xxxxx’ is the number of a primary auxiliary storage pool (ASP).
2. A different library name, in the format QUSRVxRxMx, can be created by the user for each
previous release supported by IBM to contain any user commands to be compiled in a CL
program for the previous release. For the QUSRVxRxMx user library, VxRxMx is the version,
release, and modification level of a previous release that IBM continues to support.
library-name
Specify a library name. Only the library named in this parameter is searched for page segments
to delete.

The possible values are:

page-segment-name
Specify the name of the page segment to delete.
generic*-page-segment-name
Specify the generic name of the page segment to delete. A generic name is a character string that
contains one or more characters followed by an asterisk (*). If a generic name is specified, then all
page segments that have names with the same prefix as the generic page segment name are
deleted.
Top

Examples
Example 1: Deleting a Page Segment in the Library List
DLTPAGSEG PAGSEG(*LIBL/PAGSEG1)

This command deletes the page segment named PAGSEG1 if it is in a library in the library list. Only the
first occurrence is deleted if there is more than one library containing PAGSEG1 in the library list.

Example 2: Deleting a Page Segment in All Libraries

DLTPAGSEG PAGSEG(*ALL/PAGSEG1)

This command deletes all the page segments named PAGSEG1, including any IBM supplied page
segments with that name.

Example 3: Deleting Page Segments in Current Library

DLTPAGSEG PAGSEG(*CURLIB/PG*)

This command deletes all the page segments whose names begin with PG that are in the job’s current
library.
Top

110 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
Error messages
None
Top

Delete Page Segment (DLTPAGSEG) 111

112 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
Delete PDF Map (DLTPDFMAP)
Where allowed to run: All environments (*ALL) Parameters
Threadsafe: No Examples
Error messages

The Delete PDF Map (DLTPDFMAP) command deletes a PDF map from the specified library. If the PDF
map is found, it is deleted. If the PDF map is not found, a message is sent to the user stating that the
PDF map could not be found.
Top

Parameters
Keyword Description Choices Notes
PDFMAP PDF map Qualified object name Required,
Positional 1
Qualifier 1: PDF map Name
Qualifier 2: Library Name, *LIBL, *CURLIB, *USRLIBL, *ALL, *ALLUSR

Top

PDF map (PDFMAP)

Specifies the name of the PDF map.

This is a required parameter.

Qualifier 1: PDF map

name Specifies the name of the PDF map.

Qualifier 2: Library
*LIBL Search all libraries in the job’s library list until the first match is found.
*CURLIB
Search the current job library for the job. If no library is specified as the current library for the
job, the QGPL library is used.
*ALL Search all libraries in the system, including QSYS.
*USRLIBL
Search only the libraries listed in the user portion of the job’s library list.
*ALL Search all libraries in the system, including QSYS.
*ALLUSR
All user libraries are searched.
name Search the specified library.
Top

© Copyright IBM Corp. 1998, 2004 113

Examples
DLTPDFMAP PDFMAPOBJ(QGPL/BIGSALES)

This example shows how to delete a PDF map.

Top

Error messages
*ESCAPE Messages
CPF2105
Object &1 in &2 type *&3 not found.
CPF2110
Library &1 not found.
CPF2114
Cannot allocate object &1 in &2 type *&3.
CPF2182
Not authorized to library &1.
CPF2189
Not authorized to object &1 in &2 type *&3.
Top

114 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
Delete Print Descriptor Group (DLTPDG)
Where allowed to run: All environments (*ALL) Parameters
Threadsafe: No Examples
Error messages

The Delete Print Descriptor Group (CRTPDG) command deletes an object of type *PDG on the AS/400
system into which information about a print descriptor group and its associated print descriptor names is
stored.

Restriction:

You must have *OBJEXIST authority to the print descriptor group (PDG).
Top

Parameters
Keyword Description Choices Notes
PDG Print descriptor group Qualified object name Required,
Positional 1
Qualifier 1: Print descriptor Generic name, name
group
Qualifier 2: Library Name, *LIBL, *CURLIB, *USRLIBL, *ALL, *ALLUSR

Top

Print descriptor group (PDG)

Specifies the name and library of the print descriptor group (PDG) to be deleted.

The possible PDG values are:

print-descriptor-group-name
Specify the name of the PDG to delete.
generic*-print-descriptor-group-name
Specify the generic name of the PDG to delete. All PDGs that match the generic pattern are
deleted.

The possible library values are:

*LIBL All libraries in the library list for the current thread are searched until the first match is found.
*CURLIB
The current library for the job is searched. If no library is specified as the current library for the
job, QGPL is used.
*USRLIBL
If a current library entry exists in the library list for the current thread, the current library and the
libraries in the user portion of the library list are searched. If there is no current library entry,
only the libraries in the user portion of the library list are searched.

© Copyright IBM Corp. 1998, 2004 115

*ALLUSR
All user libraries are searched. All libraries with names that do not begin with the letter Q are
searched except for the following:
#CGULIB #DSULIB #SEULIB
#COBLIB #RPGLIB
#DFULIB #SDALIB
Although the following Qxxx libraries are provided by IBM, they typically contain user data that
changes frequently. Therefore, these libraries are considered user libraries and are also searched:
QDSNX QRCLxxxxx QUSRIJS QUSRVxRxMx
QGPL QSRVAGT QUSRINFSKR
QGPL38 QSYS2 QUSRNOTES
QMGTC QSYS2xxxxx QUSROND
QMGTC2 QS36F QUSRPOSGS
QMPGDATA QUSER38 QUSRPOSSA
QMQMDATA QUSRADSM QUSRPYMSVR
QMQMPROC QUSRBRM QUSRRDARS
QPFRDATA QUSRDIRCL QUSRSYS
QRCL QUSRDIRDB QUSRVI
1. ’xxxxx’ is the number of a primary auxiliary storage pool (ASP).
2. A different library name, in the format QUSRVxRxMx, can be created by the user for each
previous release supported by IBM to contain any user commands to be compiled in a CL
program for the previous release. For the QUSRVxRxMx user library, VxRxMx is the version,
release, and modification level of a previous release that IBM continues to support.
*ALL All libraries in the system, including QSYS, are searched.

The possible values are:

print-descriptor-group-name
Specify the name of the print descriptor group to be deleted.
generic*-name
Specify the generic name of the print descriptor group being deleted. A generic name is a
character string of one or more characters followed by an asterisk (*); for example, ABC*. If a
generic name is specified, then all print descriptor groups with names that begin with the generic
name, and for which the user has authority, are shown. If an asterisk is not included with the
generic (prefix) name, the system assumes it to be the complete print descriptor group name. For
more information on the use of generic names, refer to the CL concepts and reference topic in the
iSeries Information Center at http://www.ibm.com/eserver/iseries/infocenter book.
Top

Examples
DLTPDG PDG(P3820*)

This command deletes all print descriptor groups that start with P3820*.
Top

Error messages
*ESCAPE Messages
CPF2105
Object &1 in &2 type *&3 not found.
CPF2110
Library &1 not found.

116 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
CPF2113
Cannot allocate library &1.
CPF2114
Cannot allocate object &1 in &2 type *&3.
CPF2117
&4 objects type *&3 deleted. &5 objects not deleted.
CPF2125
No objects deleted.
CPF2176
Library &1 damaged.
CPF2182
Not authorized to library &1.
CPF2189
Not authorized to object &1 in &2 type *&3.
Top

Delete Print Descriptor Group (DLTPDG) 117

118 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
Delete PEX Data (DLTPEXDTA)
Where allowed to run: All environments (*ALL) Parameters
Threadsafe: No Examples
Error messages

The DLTPEXDTA (Delete Performance Explorer Data) command deletes data that was collected by the
Performance Explorer tool and was saved across a set of physical files in a particular library.

Restriction: The user must have object existence authority for each Performance Explorer database file in
the specified library.
Top

Parameters
Keyword Description Choices Notes
DTAMBR Data member Name Required,
Positional 1
DTALIB Data library Name, QPEXDATA Optional,
Positional 2

Top

Data member (DTAMBR)

Specifies the member name of the performance data. The member name is the same for each of the
physical files used by the Performance Explorer tool.
Top

Data library (DTALIB)

Specifies the library where the performance data files exist.
QPEXDATA
The performance data is deleted from files in library QPEXDATA.
library-name
Specify the library name which contains the performance data files.
Top

Examples
DLTPEXDTA DTAMBR(STATS3) DTALIB(TESTLIB)

This command will remove members named STATS3 from the performance explorer database files in
library TESTLIB. These members could have been created when the user ended a performance explorer
data collection session (ENDPEX CL command) specifying ’SSNID(STATS3) DTAOPT(*LIB)
DTALIB(TESTLIB)’.

© Copyright IBM Corp. 1998, 2004 119

 Top

Error messages
None
Top

120 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
Delete Program (DLTPGM)
Where allowed to run: All environments (*ALL) Parameters
Threadsafe: No Examples
Error messages

The Delete Program (DLTPGM) command deletes a compiled program or group of programs. If the
program is currently being run, the program processing is abnormally ended when this command is
issued unless a specific Allocate Object (ALCOBJ) command is in effect in another job. Any high-level
language (HLL) or CL program can be deleted.

Restrictions:
v You must have object existence (*OBJEXIST) authority to the program, and execute (*EXECUTE)
authority to the library where the program is located.
v If the program to be deleted is currently being debugged, a function check occurs if an implicit
reference is made to the deleted program (for example, if a Change Variable (CHGVAR) command
specifies PGM(*DFTPGM)). To prevent function checks, use the Remove Program (RMVPGM)
command to remove the program from the debugging session before deleting it. If the program is
recompiled while the user is in debug mode, remove the program from debug mode (using the
RMVPGM command), delete it from the system (using the Delete Program (DLTPGM) command),
change and recompile the program, and add the new version of the program to debug mode (using the
Add Program (ADDPGM) command).
Top

Parameters
Keyword Description Choices Notes
PGM Program Qualified object name Required,
Positional 1
Qualifier 1: Program Generic name, name
Qualifier 2: Library Name, *LIBL, *CURLIB, *USRLIBL, *ALL, *ALLUSR

Top

Program (PGM)
Specifies the program to be deleted. A specific program or a generic program can be specified; either type
can be optionally qualified by a library name.

This is a required parameter.

Qualifier 1: Program
name Specify the name of the program to be deleted.
generic-name
Specify the generic name of the programs that are to be deleted. A generic name is a character
string that contains one or more characters followed by an asterisk (*).

Qualifier 2: Library

© Copyright IBM Corp. 1998, 2004 121

*LIBL All libraries in the library list for the current thread are searched until the first match is found.
*CURLIB
The current library for the job is searched. If no current library entry exists in the library list,
QGPL is used.
*USRLIBL
If a current library entry exists in the library list for the current thread, the current library and the
libraries in the user portion of the library list are searched. If there is no current library entry,
only the libraries in the user portion of the library list are searched.
*ALL All libraries in the system, including QSYS, are searched.
*ALLUSR
All user libraries are searched. All libraries with names that do not begin with the letter Q are
searched except for the following:
#CGULIB #DSULIB #SEULIB
#COBLIB #RPGLIB
#DFULIB #SDALIB
Although the following Qxxx libraries are provided by IBM, they typically contain user data that
changes frequently. Therefore, these libraries are considered user libraries and are also searched:
QDSNX QRCLxxxxx QUSRIJS QUSRVxRxMx
QGPL QSRVAGT QUSRINFSKR
QGPL38 QSYS2 QUSRNOTES
QMGTC QSYS2xxxxx QUSROND
QMGTC2 QS36F QUSRPOSGS
QMPGDATA QUSER38 QUSRPOSSA
QMQMDATA QUSRADSM QUSRPYMSVR
QMQMPROC QUSRBRM QUSRRDARS
QPFRDATA QUSRDIRCL QUSRSYS
QRCL QUSRDIRDB QUSRVI
1. ’xxxxx’ is the number of a primary auxiliary storage pool (ASP).
2. A different library name, in the format QUSRVxRxMx, can be created by the user for each
previous release supported by IBM to contain any user commands to be compiled in a CL
program for the previous release. For the QUSRVxRxMx user library, VxRxMx is the version,
release, and modification level of a previous release that IBM continues to support.
Top

Examples
DLTPGM PGM(LIB1/PROG1)

This command deletes the program PROG1 from the library LIB1 if the user has the proper authority for
the program and library.
Top

Error messages
*ESCAPE Messages
CPF2105
Object &1 in &2 type *&3 not found.
CPF2110
Library &1 not found.
CPF2113
Cannot allocate library &1.

122 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
CPF2114
Cannot allocate object &1 in &2 type *&3.
CPF2117
&4 objects type *&3 deleted. &5 objects not deleted.
CPF2125
No objects deleted.
CPF2160
Object type *&1 not eligible for requested function.
CPF2176
Library &1 damaged.
CPF2182
Not authorized to library &1.
CPF2189
Not authorized to object &1 in &2 type *&3.
CPFA030
Object already in use.
CPFE007
Error occurred processing command.
CPF9803
Cannot allocate object &2 in library &3.
Top

Delete Program (DLTPGM) 123

124 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
Delete Panel Group (DLTPNLGRP)
Where allowed to run: All environments (*ALL) Parameters
Threadsafe: No Examples
Error messages

The Delete Panel Group (DLTPNLGRP) command removes the specified panel group from the system.

Restrictions:
v You must have object existence (*OBJEXIST) authority for the panel group, and use (*USE) authority
for the library where the panel group is located.
Top

Parameters
Keyword Description Choices Notes
PNLGRP Panel group Qualified object name Required,
Positional 1
Qualifier 1: Panel group Generic name, name
Qualifier 2: Library Name, *LIBL, *CURLIB, *USRLIBL, *ALL, *ALLUSR

Top

Panel group (PNLGRP)

Specifies the panel group or panel groups to be deleted.

This is a required parameter.

Qualifier 1: Panel group

generic-name
Specify the generic name of the panel groups to be deleted. A generic name is a character string
that contains one or more characters followed by an asterisk (*). If a generic name is specified, all
panel groups that have names with the same prefix as the generic panel group name are deleted.
name Specify the name of the panel group to be deleted.

Qualifier 2: Library
*LIBL All libraries in the library list for the current thread are searched until the first match is found.
*CURLIB
The current library for the thread is searched. If no library is specified as the current library for
the thread, the QGPL library is searched.
*USRLIBL
If a current library entry exists in the library list for the current thread, the current library and the
libraries in the user portion of the library list are searched. If there is no current library entry,
only the libraries in the user portion of the library list are searched.

© Copyright IBM Corp. 1998, 2004 125

*ALLUSR
All user libraries are searched. All libraries with names that do not begin with the letter Q are
searched except for the following:
#CGULIB #DSULIB #SEULIB
#COBLIB #RPGLIB
#DFULIB #SDALIB
Although the following Qxxx libraries are provided by IBM, they typically contain user data that
changes frequently. Therefore, these libraries are considered user libraries and are also searched:
QDSNX QRCLxxxxx QUSRIJS QUSRVxRxMx
QGPL QSRVAGT QUSRINFSKR
QGPL38 QSYS2 QUSRNOTES
QMGTC QSYS2xxxxx QUSROND
QMGTC2 QS36F QUSRPOSGS
QMPGDATA QUSER38 QUSRPOSSA
QMQMDATA QUSRADSM QUSRPYMSVR
QMQMPROC QUSRBRM QUSRRDARS
QPFRDATA QUSRDIRCL QUSRSYS
QRCL QUSRDIRDB QUSRVI
1. ’xxxxx’ is the number of a primary auxiliary storage pool (ASP).
2. A different library name, in the format QUSRVxRxMx, can be created by the user for each
previous release supported by IBM to contain any user commands to be compiled in a CL
program for the previous release. For the QUSRVxRxMx user library, VxRxMx is the version,
release, and modification level of a previous release that IBM continues to support.
*ALL All libraries in the system, including QSYS, are searched.
name Specify the name of the library to be searched.
Top

Examples
DLTPNLGRP PNLGRP(*CURLIB/AR*)

This command deletes all panel groups with names that contain the AR prefix (for example, ARINV,
ARREC, ARPERS) from the library listed as the current library.
Top

Error messages
*ESCAPE Messages
CPF2114
Cannot allocate object &1 in &2 type *&3.
Top

126 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
Delete Problem (DLTPRB)
Where allowed to run: All environments (*ALL) Parameters
Threadsafe: No Examples
Error messages

The user, typically a system operator or user responsible for handling system problems, uses the Delete
Problem (DLTPRB) command to maintain the size of the problem log by deleting one or more entries.
More information on controlling problem log size is in the Basic System Operation information in the
iSeries Information Center at http://www.ibm.com/eserver/iseries/infocenter.

Restriction: This command is shipped with public *EXCLUDE authority and the QPGMR, QSYSOPR,
QSRV, and QSRVBAS user profiles have private authorities to use the command.
Top

Parameters
Keyword Description Choices Notes
PRBID Problem identifier Character value, *ALL Optional,
Positional 1
STATUS Status type Single values: *ALL Optional
Other values (up to 6 repetitions): *OPENED, *READY,
*PREPARED, *SENT, *ANSWERED, *VERIFIED,
*CLOSED
DAYS Days 0-999, 30 Optional
ORIGIN Origin Element list Optional
Element 1: Network Communications name, *NETATR, *ALL
identifier
Element 2: Control point Communications name, *NETATR, *ALL
name

Top

Problem identifier (PRBID)

Specifies the ID of the problems to be deleted. Problems with different origin systems may have the same
ID. The Origin (ORIGIN) parameter may be used along with this parameter to select a single problem
from a particular origin system.
*ALL All problems that match the other selection criteria are deleted.
problem-ID
Specify the 10-character problem ID of the problem to be deleted. The Status type (STATUS)
parameter and the Days (DAYS) parameter are ignored if a problem ID is specified.
Top

Status type (STATUS)

Specifies the status of problem log entries. There are seven types of status:

© Copyright IBM Corp. 1998, 2004 127

*OPENED
The problem is in Opened status. The problem has been identified and a problem record was
created.
*READY
The problem is in Ready status. Problem analysis information has been added to the problem
record.
*PREPARED
The problem is in Prepared status. The problem has been prepared for reporting.
*SENT
The problem is in Sent status. The problem has been sent to a service provider, but no answer has
been returned.
*ANSWERED
The problem is in Answered status. An answer has been returned by the service provider or
added by an operator on this system.
*VERIFIED
The problem is in Verified status. The problem was resolved and the system operator has verified
that the problem is corrected.
*CLOSED
The problem was closed.

Note: This parameter is valid only if *ALL is specified on the Problem identifier (PRBID) parameter.

You can enter multiple values for this parameter. If you are on an entry display and you need additional
entry fields to enter these multiple values, type a plus sign (+) in the entry field opposite the phrase ″+
for more″ and press the Enter key.
*ALL All problems that match the other selection criteria will be deleted.
status-type
Specify one of the seven status types.
Top

Days (DAYS)
Specifies that problems older than this value are deleted. Valid values range from 0 through 999 days
after the Opened or Closed date. Problems with any status other than Closed will be deleted the
specified number of days after the Opened date. Problems with Closed status will be deleted after the
specified number of days after the Closed date.

This parameter is valid only if *ALL is specified on the Problem identifier (PRBID) parameter.
30 The default number of days until problem deletion.
number-of-days
Specify the number of days. If this value is smaller than the system value QPRBHLDITV, the
system value will be used instead.
Top

128 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
Origin (ORIGIN)
Specifies that problem log entries that originated at only the specified nodes are to be deleted.

The possible network ID values are:

*NETATR
Only entries that originated on systems with the same local network ID as the one defined in the
network attributes for this system are deleted.
*ALL All entries are deleted regardless of the network ID of their origin system.
network-ID
Specify a network ID.

The possible control point name values are:

*NETATR
Only entries that originated on systems with the same local control point name as the one
defined in the network attributes for this system are deleted.
*ALL All entries originating at systems with the specified network ID are deleted.
control-point-name
Specify a control point name.
Top

Examples
DLTPRB STATUS(*OPENED *READY *SENT) DAYS(15)

This command deletes all entries in the OPENED, READY, or SENT status that were added to the
problem log prior to 15 days ago.
Top

Error messages
*ESCAPE Messages
CPF7AA6
Problem record &1 cannot be deleted.
CPF7AA7
Problem &1 not found or in use.
CPF7A9C
Cannot work with the problem log at this time.
CPF7A93
Problem &2 currently in use by job &1.
CPF9846
Error while processing file &1 in library &2.
Top

Delete Problem (DLTPRB) 129

130 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
Delete PSF Configuration (DLTPSFCFG)
Where allowed to run: All environments (*ALL) Parameters
Threadsafe: No Examples
Error messages

The Delete PSF Configuration (DLTPSFCFG) command deletes a Print Services Facility (PSF)
configuration object from the specified library.

Restrictions:
v The PSF feature is required to use this command.
v You must have input/output system configuration (*IOSYSCFG) special authority to use this
command.
Top

Parameters
Keyword Description Choices Notes
PSFCFG PSF configuration Qualified object name Required,
Positional 1
Qualifier 1: PSF Name
configuration
Qualifier 2: Library Name, *LIBL, *CURLIB, *USRLIBL, *ALL, *ALLUSR

Top

PSF configuration (PSFCFG)

Specifies the Print Services Facility (PSF) configuration object to be deleted.

This is a required parameter.

Qualifier 1: PSF configuration

name Specify the name of the PSF configuration object to be deleted.

Qualifier 2: Library
*LIBL Search all libraries in the job’s library list until the first match is found.
*CURLIB
Search the current job library for the job. If no library is specified as the current library for the
job, the QGPL library is used.
name Search the specified library.
Top

© Copyright IBM Corp. 1998, 2004 131

Examples
DLTPSFCFG PSFCFG(MYLIB/MYPSFCFG)

This command will delete the PSF configuration object named MYPSFCFG in library MYLIB.
Top

Error messages
*ESCAPE Messages
CPF9801
Object &2 in library &3 not found.
CPF9802
Not authorized to object &2 in &3.
CPF9803
Cannot allocate object &2 in library &3.
CPF9805
Object &2 in library &3 destroyed.
CPF9810
Library &1 not found.
CPF9811
Program &1 in library &2 not found.
CPF9820
Not authorized to use library &1.
CPF9830
Cannot assign library &1.
Top

132 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
Delete Program Temporary Fix (DLTPTF)
Where allowed to run: All environments (*ALL) Parameters
Threadsafe: No Examples
Error messages

The Delete Program Temporary Fix (DLTPTF) command is used to delete program temporary fix (PTF)
save files, their associated cover letters, and the records of PTFs that have been ordered.
Top

Parameters
Keyword Description Choices Notes
PTF PTF Values (up to 50 repetitions): Character value, *ALL Required,
Positional 1
LICPGM Product Character value, *ALL Optional
RLS Release Character value, *ALL Optional
DLTDUPPTF Delete duplicate PTF *YES, *NO Optional
numbers

Top

PTF (PTF)
Specifies the PTF identification number of the PTF to be deleted.

The possible values are:

*ALL All PTFs are deleted for the specified product.
PTF-number
Specify the identification number of the PTF to be deleted. A maximum of 50 PTF numbers can
be specified.
Top

Product (LICPGM)
Specifies the 7-character identifier of the product for which the PTFs are to be deleted.

The possible values are:

*ALL The product id is ignored when searching for the specified PTF.
Note: The values PTF(*ALL) and LICPGM(*ALL) cannot both be specified.
licensed-program
Specify the 7-character product identifier.
Top

© Copyright IBM Corp. 1998, 2004 133

Release (RLS)
Specifies the release level of the PTFs being deleted.

The possible values are:

*ALL The PTF is deleted in all releases of the product.
release-level
Specify the release level in VxRyMz format where Vx is the version number, Ry is the release
number, and Mz is the modification level. The variables x and y can be a number from 0 through
9, and the variable z can be a number from 0 through 9 or a letter from A through Z. A specific
release cannot be specified when LICPGM(*ALL) is specified.
Top

Delete duplicate PTF numbers (DLTDUPPTF)

Specifies whether duplicate PTF numbers are deleted.

The possible values are:

*NO Duplicate PTF numbers are not deleted.
*YES Duplicate PTF numbers are deleted.
Top

Examples
DLTPTF PTF(SI12345)

This command deletes the save file of the PTF named SF12345 from the QGPL library. Any members in
the cover letter file for the PTF named SF12345 are also deleted.
Top

Error messages
*ESCAPE Messages
CPF35AE
Duplicate PTF &1 found.
CPF35C5
PTF &1-&2 &3 not deleted.
CPF35E2
Information for PTF &1-&2 &3 not found.
CPF35F1
Cover letter file &1 in &2 not found.
CPF35F2
Cover letter for PTF &2-&1 &3 not found.
CPF358A
Release not valid.

134 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
CPF3586
List of PTFs not correct.
CPF6602
PTF &1-&2 &3 not found.
Top

Delete Program Temporary Fix (DLTPTF) 135

136 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
Delete Query Management Form (DLTQMFORM)
Where allowed to run: All environments (*ALL) Parameters
Threadsafe: No Examples
Error messages

The Delete Query Management Form (DLTQMFORM) command allows you to delete an existing query
management form from a library.
Top

Parameters
Keyword Description Choices Notes
QMFORM Query management report Qualified object name Required,
form Positional 1
Qualifier 1: Query Generic name, name
management report form
Qualifier 2: Library Name, *LIBL, *CURLIB, *USRLIBL, *ALL, *ALLUSR

Top

Query management report form (QMFORM)

Specifies the name of the query management form to be deleted.

This is a required parameter.

form-name
Specify the name of the form being deleted.
generic*-form-name
Specify the generic name of the form being deleted. A generic name is a character string of one or
more characters followed by an asterisk (*); for example, ABC*. If a generic name is specified, all
forms with names that begin with the generic name, and for which you have authority, are
deleted from the specified library or library list. If an asterisk is not included with the generic
(prefix) name, the system assumes it to be the complete form name.

The possible values are:

*LIBL All libraries in the library list for the current thread are searched until the first match is found.
*USRLIBL
If a current library entry exists in the library list for the current thread, the current library and the
libraries in the user portion of the library list are searched. If there is no current library entry,
only the libraries in the user portion of the library list are searched.
*CURLIB
Only the current library for the job is searched. If no current library entry exists in the library list,
QGPL is used.
*ALL All libraries in the system, including QSYS, are searched.

© Copyright IBM Corp. 1998, 2004 137

*ALLUSR
All user libraries are searched. All libraries with names that do not begin with the letter Q are
searched except for the following:
#CGULIB #DSULIB #SEULIB
#COBLIB #RPGLIB
#DFULIB #SDALIB
Although the following Qxxx libraries are provided by IBM, they typically contain user data that
changes frequently. Therefore, these libraries are considered user libraries and are also searched:
QDSNX QRCLxxxxx QUSRIJS QUSRVxRxMx
QGPL QSRVAGT QUSRINFSKR
QGPL38 QSYS2 QUSRNOTES
QMGTC QSYS2xxxxx QUSROND
QMGTC2 QS36F QUSRPOSGS
QMPGDATA QUSER38 QUSRPOSSA
QMQMDATA QUSRADSM QUSRPYMSVR
QMQMPROC QUSRBRM QUSRRDARS
QPFRDATA QUSRDIRCL QUSRSYS
QRCL QUSRDIRDB QUSRVI
1. ’xxxxx’ is the number of a primary auxiliary storage pool (ASP).
2. A different library name, in the format QUSRVxRxMx, can be created by the user for each
previous release supported by IBM to contain any user commands to be compiled in a CL
program for the previous release. For the QUSRVxRxMx user library, VxRxMx is the version,
release, and modification level of a previous release that IBM continues to support.
library-name
Specify the name of the library to be searched.
Top

Examples
DLTQMFORM QMQRY(RPTLIB/FORM1)

This command deletes query management form FORM1 from library RPTLIB.
Top

Error messages
None
Top

138 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
Delete Query Management Query (DLTQMQRY)
Where allowed to run: All environments (*ALL) Parameters
Threadsafe: No Examples
Error messages

The Delete Query Management Query (DLTQMQRY) command deletes an existing query management
query from a library.
Top

Parameters
Keyword Description Choices Notes
QMQRY Query management query Qualified object name Required,
Positional 1
Qualifier 1: Query Generic name, name
management query
Qualifier 2: Library Name, *LIBL, *CURLIB, *USRLIBL, *ALL, *ALLUSR

Top

Query management query (QMQRY)

Specifies the name of the query management query being deleted.

This is a required parameter.

query-name
Specify the name of the query being deleted.
generic*-query-name
Specify the generic name of the queries to be deleted from the library or library list. A generic
name is a character string of one or more characters followed by an asterisk (*); for example,
ABC*. If a generic name is specified, all queries with names that begin with the generic name,
and for which you have authority, are deleted from the specified library or library list. If an
asterisk is not included with the generic (prefix) name, the system assumes it to be the complete
query name.

The name of the query management query can be qualified by the following library values:
*LIBL All libraries in the library list for the current thread are searched until the first match is found.
*USRLIBL
If a current library entry exists in the library list for the current thread, the current library and the
libraries in the user portion of the library list are searched. If there is no current library entry,
only the libraries in the user portion of the library list are searched.
*CURLIB
Only the current library for the job is searched. If no current library entry exists in the library list,
QGPL is used.
*ALL All libraries in the system, including QSYS, are searched.

© Copyright IBM Corp. 1998, 2004 139

*ALLUSR
All user libraries are searched. All libraries with names that do not begin with the letter Q are
searched except for the following:
#CGULIB #DSULIB #SEULIB
#COBLIB #RPGLIB
#DFULIB #SDALIB
Although the following Qxxx libraries are provided by IBM, they typically contain user data that
changes frequently. Therefore, these libraries are considered user libraries and are also searched:
QDSNX QRCLxxxxx QUSRIJS QUSRVxRxMx
QGPL QSRVAGT QUSRINFSKR
QGPL38 QSYS2 QUSRNOTES
QMGTC QSYS2xxxxx QUSROND
QMGTC2 QS36F QUSRPOSGS
QMPGDATA QUSER38 QUSRPOSSA
QMQMDATA QUSRADSM QUSRPYMSVR
QMQMPROC QUSRBRM QUSRRDARS
QPFRDATA QUSRDIRCL QUSRSYS
QRCL QUSRDIRDB QUSRVI
1. ’xxxxx’ is the number of a primary auxiliary storage pool (ASP).
2. A different library name, in the format QUSRVxRxMx, can be created by the user for each
previous release supported by IBM to contain any user commands to be compiled in a CL
program for the previous release. For the QUSRVxRxMx user library, VxRxMx is the version,
release, and modification level of a previous release that IBM continues to support.
library-name
Specify the name of the library to be searched.
Top

Examples
DLTQMQRY QMQRY(RPTLIB/QUERY1)

This command deletes query management query QUERY1 from library RPTLIB.
Top

Error messages
None
Top

140 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
Delete Query (DLTQRY)
Where allowed to run: All environments (*ALL) Parameters
Threadsafe: No Examples
Error messages

The Delete Query (DLTQRY) command deletes an existing query definition from a library.
Top

Parameters
Keyword Description Choices Notes
QRY Query Qualified object name Required,
Positional 1
Qualifier 1: Query Name
Qualifier 2: Library Name, *LIBL, *CURLIB, *USRLIBL, *ALL, *ALLUSR

Top

Query (QRY Parameter)

Specifies the qualified name of the query definition being deleted.
query-name
Specify the name of the query definition being deleted.

This is a required parameter.

The name of the query definition can be qualified by one of the following library values:
*LIBL All libraries in the library list for the current thread are searched until the first match is found.
*CURLIB
The current library for the job is searched. If no library is specified as the current library for the
job, the QGPL library is used.
*USRLIBL
Only the libraries in the user portion of the job’s library list are searched.
*ALL All libraries in the system, including QSYS, are searched.
*ALLUSR
All user libraries are searched. All libraries with names that do not begin with the letter Q are
searched except for the following:
#CGULIB #DSULIB #SEULIB
#COBLIB #RPGLIB
#DFULIB #SDALIB
Although the following Qxxx libraries are provided by IBM, they typically contain user data that
changes frequently. Therefore, these libraries are considered user libraries and are also searched:
QDSNX QRCLxxxxx QUSRIJS QUSRVxRxMx
QGPL QSRVAGT QUSRINFSKR
QGPL38 QSYS2 QUSRNOTES
QMGTC QSYS2xxxxx QUSROND
QMGTC2 QS36F QUSRPOSGS

© Copyright IBM Corp. 1998, 2004 141

 QMPGDATA QUSER38 QUSRPOSSA
QMQMDATA QUSRADSM QUSRPYMSVR
QMQMPROC QUSRBRM QUSRRDARS
QPFRDATA QUSRDIRCL QUSRSYS
QRCL QUSRDIRDB QUSRVI
1. ’xxxxx’ is the number of a primary auxiliary storage pool (ASP).
2. A different library name, in the format QUSRVxRxMx, can be created by the user for each
previous release supported by IBM to contain any user commands to be compiled in a CL
program for the previous release. For the QUSRVxRxMx user library, VxRxMx is the version,
release, and modification level of a previous release that IBM continues to support.
library-name
Specify the name of the library to be searched.
Top

Examples
Example 1: Deleting a Query Definition
DLTQRY QRY(LIB1/MYDEF)

This command deletes query definition MYDEF from library LIB1.

Example 2: Deleting a Query Definition from All Libraries

DLTQRY QRY(*ALL/MYDEF)

This command deletes all the query definitions named MYDEF on the system.
Top

Error messages
None
Top

142 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
Delete Questions and Answers (DLTQST)
Where allowed to run: Interactive environments (*INTERACT Parameters
*IPGM *IREXX *EXEC) Examples
Threadsafe: No Error messages

The Delete Question (DLTQST) command allows you to search a local Question and Answer (Q & A)
database to find one or more questions to delete. More information is available in the Basic System
Operation information in the iSeries Information Center at
http://www.ibm.com/eserver/iseries/infocenter.

Restrictions:
1. This command is shipped with public *EXCLUDE authority.
2. A user must have authority to this command and be a Q & A coordinator for any Q & A database
referred to by this command.
3. A user cannot delete conversational questions or candidate questions with this command.
4. This command can only be used interactively.
Top

Parameters
Keyword Description Choices Notes
QSTDB Q/A database Name, *SELECT Optional,
Positional 1
LIB Lib containing Q/A database Name, *QSTLIB Optional,
Positional 2

Top

Q/A database (QSTDB)

Specifies the Q & A database from which to delete questions.

The possible values are:

*SELECT
You are asked to specify a Q & A database. If only one Q & A database exists on the system, it is
the default.
question-database
Specify the name of the Q & A database from which to delete questions.
Top

© Copyright IBM Corp. 1998, 2004 143

Lib containing Q/A database (LIB)
Specifies the name of the library that contains the Q & A database.

The name of the Q & A database can be qualified by one of the following library values:
*QSTLIB
The library containing the specified Q & A database is searched. If *SELECT is specified on the
QSTDB parameter, any Q & A database in any library to which you are authorized can be
selected.
library-name
Specify the name of the library to be searched. If *SELECT is specified on the QSTDB parameter,
any Q & A database in the library to which you are authorized can be selected.
Top

Examples
DLTQST

This command shows the Specify Search Variables display.

Top

Error messages
None
Top

144 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
Delete Q/A Database (DLTQSTDB)
Where allowed to run: Interactive environments (*INTERACT Parameters
*IPGM *IREXX *EXEC) Examples
Threadsafe: No Error messages

The Delete Q & A Database (DLTQSTDB) command allows an authorized user to delete a
Question-and-Answer (Q & A) database from this system. More information is available in the Basic
System Operation information in the iSeries Information Center at
http://www.ibm.com/eserver/iseries/infocenter.

Restrictions:
1. This command is shipped with public *EXCLUDE authority.
2. A user must have authority to the command and be a Q & A coordinator for any Q & A database
referred to by the command.
3. This command can only be used interactively.
Top

Parameters
Keyword Description Choices Notes
QSTDB Q/A database Name, *SELECT Optional,
Positional 1
LIB Lib containing Q/A database Name, *QSTLIB Optional,
Positional 2

Top

Q/A database (QSTDB)

Specifies the Q & A database being deleted from this system.

The possible values are:

*SELECT
You are asked to specify a Q & A database. If only one Q & A database exists on the system, it is
the default.
question-database
Specify the name of the Q & A database being deleted from the system.
Top

Lib containing Q/A database (LIB)

Specifies the name of the library that contains the Q & A database being deleted.

The possible library values are:

© Copyright IBM Corp. 1998, 2004 145

*QSTLIB
The library containing the specified Q & A database is searched. If *SELECT is specified on the
QSTDB parameter, any Q & A database in any library to which you are authorized can be
selected.
library-name
Specify the name of the library to be searched. If *SELECT is specified on the QSTDB parameter,
any database in the library to which you are authorized can be selected.
Top

Examples
DLTQSTDB

This command shows the Confirm Delete Q & A Database display. If more than one Q and A database is
available for selection, the Select Q and A Database display is shown first.
Top

Error messages
None
Top

146 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
Delete Subsystem Description (DLTSBSD)
Where allowed to run: All environments (*ALL) Parameters
Threadsafe: No Examples
Error messages

The Delete Subsystem Description (DLTSBSD) command deletes the specified subsystem descriptions
(including any work entries or routing entries added to them) from the system. Job queues assigned to
this subsystem by the Add Job Queue Entry (ADDJOBQE) command are not deleted. The associated
subsystem must be inactive before it can be deleted.

Restrictions:
1. To use this command, you must have:
v use (*USE) and object existance (*OBJEXIST) authority to the specified subsystem description and
execute (*EXECUTE) authority to the library containing that subsystem description.
2. This command cannot be run if an active subsystem is associated with this description.
Top

Parameters
Keyword Description Choices Notes
SBSD Subsystem description Qualified object name Required,
Positional 1
Qualifier 1: Subsystem Generic name, name
description
Qualifier 2: Library Name, *LIBL, *CURLIB, *USRLIBL, *ALL, *ALLUSR

Top

Subsystem description (SBSD)

Specifies the name and library of the subsystem descriptions being deleted. A specific subsystem
description or a generic subsystem description can be specified; either type can be qualified by a library
name.

This is a required parameter.

Qualifier 1: Subsystem description

generic-name
Specify the generic name of the subsystem descriptions being deleted. A generic name is a
character string that contains one or more characters followed by an asterisk (*). If a generic name
is specified for this parameter, then all subsystem descriptions with names that have the same
prefix as the generic subsystem description are deleted.
name Specify the name of the subsystem description being deleted.

Qualifier 2: Library

© Copyright IBM Corp. 1998, 2004 147

*LIBL All libraries in the thread’s library list are searched until a match is found. If a specific object
name is specified (instead of a generic name), only the first object found to have that name is
deleted.
*CURLIB
The current library for the thread is used to locate the object. If no library is specified as the
current library for the thread, the QGPL library is used.
*USRLIBL
Only the libraries listed in the user portion of the library list are searched. If a specific object
name is specified (instead of a generic name), only the first object found with that name is
deleted.
*ALL All libraries in auxiliary storage pools (ASPs) that are currently part of the thread’s library name
space will be searched. This includes the system ASP (ASP 1), all defined basic user ASPs (ASPs
2-32), and, if the thread has an ASP group, the primary and secondary ASPs in the thread’s ASP
group. Only your own QTEMP library is searched. All objects matching the specified name and
object type in all libraries in the thread’s name space are deleted.
*ALLUSR
All user libraries are searched. All libraries with names that do not begin with the letter Q are
searched except for the following:
#CGULIB #DSULIB #SEULIB
#COBLIB #RPGLIB
#DFULIB #SDALIB
Although the following Qxxx libraries are provided by IBM, they typically contain user data that
changes frequently. Therefore, these libraries are considered user libraries and are also searched:
QDSNX QRCLxxxxx QUSRIJS QUSRVxRxMx
QGPL QSRVAGT QUSRINFSKR
QGPL38 QSYS2 QUSRNOTES
QMGTC QSYS2xxxxx QUSROND
QMGTC2 QS36F QUSRPOSGS
QMPGDATA QUSER38 QUSRPOSSA
QMQMDATA QUSRADSM QUSRPYMSVR
QMQMPROC QUSRBRM QUSRRDARS
QPFRDATA QUSRDIRCL QUSRSYS
QRCL QUSRDIRDB QUSRVI
1. ’xxxxx’ is the number of a primary auxiliary storage pool (ASP).
2. A different library name, in the format QUSRVxRxMx, can be created by the user for each
previous release supported by IBM to contain any user commands to be compiled in a CL
program for the previous release. For the QUSRVxRxMx user library, VxRxMx is the version,
release, and modification level of a previous release that IBM continues to support.
name Specify the library where the subsystem description is located.
Top

Examples
DLTSBSD SBSD(LIB1/BAKER)

This command deletes the inactive subsystem description called BAKER from library LIB1.
Top

Error messages
*ESCAPE Messages

148 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
CPF2105
Object &1 in &2 type *&3 not found.
CPF2110
Library &1 not found.
CPF2114
Cannot allocate object &1 in &2 type *&3.
CPF2117
&4 objects type *&3 deleted. &5 objects not deleted.
CPF2160
Object type *&1 not eligible for requested function.
CPF2176
Library &1 damaged.
CPF2182
Not authorized to library &1.
CPF2189
Not authorized to object &1 in &2 type *&3.
CPF5702
File either not DDM file or not found.
Top

Delete Subsystem Description (DLTSBSD) 149

150 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
Delete Search Index (DLTSCHIDX)
Where allowed to run: All environments (*ALL) Parameters
Threadsafe: No Examples
Error messages

The Delete Search Index (DLTSCHIDX) command removes the specified help index from the system.

Restrictions:
v You must have object existence (*OBJEXIST) authority for the panel group and use (*USE) authority for
the library containing the panel group.
Top

Parameters
Keyword Description Choices Notes
SCHIDX Search index Qualified object name Required,
Positional 1
Qualifier 1: Search index Generic name, name
Qualifier 2: Library Name, *LIBL, *CURLIB, *USRLIBL, *ALL, *ALLUSR

Top

Search index (SCHIDX)

Specifies the help index to be deleted.

This is a required parameter.

generic-name
Specify the generic name of the help indexes to be deleted. A generic name is a character string
that contains one or more characters followed by an asterisk (*). If a generic name is specified, all
help indexes that have names with the same prefix as the generic panel group name are deleted.
name Specify the name of the help index to be deleted.

Qualifier 2: Library
*LIBL All libraries in the library list for the current thread are searched until the first match is found.
*CURLIB
The current library for the job is searched. If no current library exists in the library list, QGPL is
used.
*USRLIBL
If a current library entry exists in the library list for the current thread, the current library and the
libraries in the user portion of the library list are searched. If there is no current library entry,
only the libraries in the user portion of the library list are searched.
*ALL All libraries in the system, including QSYS, are searched.
*ALLUSR
All user libraries are searched. All libraries with names that do not begin with the letter Q are
searched except for the following:

© Copyright IBM Corp. 1998, 2004 151

 #CGULIB #DSULIB #SEULIB
#COBLIB #RPGLIB
#DFULIB #SDALIB
Although the following Qxxx libraries are provided by IBM, they typically contain user data that
changes frequently. Therefore, these libraries are considered user libraries and are also searched:
QDSNX QRCLxxxxx QUSRIJS QUSRVxRxMx
QGPL QSRVAGT QUSRINFSKR
QGPL38 QSYS2 QUSRNOTES
QMGTC QSYS2xxxxx QUSROND
QMGTC2 QS36F QUSRPOSGS
QMPGDATA QUSER38 QUSRPOSSA
QMQMDATA QUSRADSM QUSRPYMSVR
QMQMPROC QUSRBRM QUSRRDARS
QPFRDATA QUSRDIRCL QUSRSYS
QRCL QUSRDIRDB QUSRVI
1. ’xxxxx’ is the number of a primary auxiliary storage pool (ASP).
2. A different library name, in the format QUSRVxRxMx, can be created by the user for each
previous release supported by IBM to contain any user commands to be compiled in a CL
program for the previous release. For the QUSRVxRxMx user library, VxRxMx is the version,
release, and modification level of a previous release that IBM continues to support.
name Specify the name of the library to be searched.
Top

Examples
DLTSCHIDX SCHIDX(*CURLIB/AR*)

This command deletes all search indexes named with the AR prefix (for example, ARINV, ARREC,
ARPERS) from the library listed as the current library.
Top

Error messages
*ESCAPE Messages
CPF2105
Object &1 in &2 type *&3 not found.
CPF2110
Library &1 not found.
CPF2113
Cannot allocate library &1.
CPF2114
Cannot allocate object &1 in &2 type *&3.
CPF2117
&4 objects type *&3 deleted. &5 objects not deleted.
CPF2125
No objects deleted.
CPF2160
Object type *&1 not eligible for requested function.
CPF2176
Library &1 damaged.

152 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
CPF2182
Not authorized to library &1.
CPF2189
Not authorized to object &1 in &2 type *&3.
Top

Delete Search Index (DLTSCHIDX) 153

154 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
Delete Spelling Aid Dictionary (DLTSPADCT)
Where allowed to run: All environments (*ALL) Parameters
Threadsafe: No Examples
Error messages

The Delete Spelling Aid Dictionary (DLTSPADCT) command allows you to delete the specified spelling
aid dictionary from the system.

Restriction: You must have object existence or all authority for the spelling aid dictionary being deleted.
Top

Parameters
Keyword Description Choices Notes
SPADCT Spelling aid dictionary Qualified object name Required,
Positional 1
Qualifier 1: Spelling aid Generic name, name
dictionary
Qualifier 2: Library Name, *LIBL, *CURLIB

Top

Spelling aid dictionary (SPADCT)

Specifies the dictionary or dictionaries to be deleted. A specific spelling aid dictionary or generic spelling
aid dictionary can be specified; either type can be qualified by a library name.

This is a required parameter.

spelling-aid-dictionary-name
Specify the name of the spelling aid dictionary to be deleted.
generic*-spelling-aid-dictionary-name
Specify the generic name of the spelling aid dictionary that is to be deleted. A generic name is
one or more characters followed by an asterisk (*). If a generic name is specified, all spelling aid
dictionaries that have names with the same prefix as the generic spelling aid dictionary name are
deleted.
The possible library values are:
*LIBL All libraries job’s library list are searched until the first match is found. If a specific
spelling aid dictionary name is specified (rather than a generic name), only the first
spelling aid dictionary found with that name is deleted.
*CURLIB
The current library for the user’s job is searched.
library-name
Specify the name of the library where the dictionary is located. You must have
operational authority for the library specified.

© Copyright IBM Corp. 1998, 2004 155

 Top

Examples
DLTSPADCT SPADCT(MYLIB/LANGUAGE)

This command deletes the spelling aid dictionary named LANGUAGE in library MYLIB.
Top

Error messages
*ESCAPE Messages
CPF2105
Object &1 in &2 type *&3 not found.
CPF2110
Library &1 not found.
CPF2113
Cannot allocate library &1.
CPF2117
&4 objects type *&3 deleted. &5 objects not deleted.
CPF2176
Library &1 damaged.
CPF2182
Not authorized to library &1.
CPF2189
Not authorized to object &1 in &2 type *&3.
Top

156 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
Delete Spooled File (DLTSPLF)
Where allowed to run: All environments (*ALL) Parameters
Threadsafe: No Examples
Error messages

The Delete Spooled File (DLTSPLF) command is used to remove the specified spooled file from the
output queue. If the spooled file is currently being produced on a device, it is immediately stopped and
removed. Any data that has not been produced is lost.
Top

Parameters
Keyword Description Choices Notes
FILE Spooled file Name, *SELECT Required,
Positional 1
JOB Job name Single values: * Optional,
Other values: Qualified job name Positional 2
Qualifier 1: Job name Name
Qualifier 2: User Name
Qualifier 3: Number 000000-999999
SPLNBR Spooled file number 1-999999, *ONLY, *LAST, *ANY Optional,
Positional 3
JOBSYSNAME Job system name Name, *ONLY, *CURRENT, *ANY Optional
CRTDATE Spooled file created Single values: *ONLY, *LAST Optional
Other values: Element list
Element 1: Creation date Date
Element 2: Creation time Time, *ONLY, *LAST
SELECT Select files for Element list Optional
Element 1: User Name, *CURRENT, *ALL
Element 2: Print device Name, *ALL, *OUTQ
Element 3: Form type Character value, *ALL, *STD
Element 4: User data Character value, *ALL
Element 5: ASP 1-32, *ALL, *ASPDEV
ASPDEV ASP device Name, *, *SYSBAS, *CURASPGRP Optional

Top

Spooled file (FILE)

This is a required parameter.

Specifies the name of the spooled file that is to be removed from the output queue.

The possible values are:

*SELECT
All spooled files that meet the selection values specified on the Select files for prompt (SELECT

© Copyright IBM Corp. 1998, 2004 157

 parameter) are deleted. This value is mutually exclusive with a value specified on the Job name
prompt (JOB parameter), Spooled file number prompt (SPLNBR parameter), Job system name
prompt (JOBSYSNAME parameter), or the Spooled file created prompt (CRTDATE parameter).
spooled-file-name
Specify the name of the spooled file that is to be removed from the system.
Top

Job name (JOB)

Specifies the name of the job that produced (or is producing) the spooled file that is removed from the
output queue.

The possible values are:

* The job that issued this command produced the file to be deleted.
job-name
Specify the name of the job that produced the file to be deleted.
user-name
Specify the user name that identifies the user profile under which the job is run.
job-number
Specify the system-assigned job number.
Top

Spooled file number (SPLNBR)

Specifies the number of the job’s spooled file that is to be removed from the output queue.

The possible values are:

*ONLY
Only one spooled file in the job has the specified file name; therefore, the number of the spooled
file is not necessary.
*LAST
The highest-numbered spooled file created for the job that has the specified file name is the file
that is being deleted.
*ANY The spooled file number is not used to determine which spooled file is used. Use this value when
the job system name parameter or the spooled file create date and time parameter is to take
precedence over the spooled file number when selecting a spooled file.
spooled-file-number
Specify the number of the spooled file with the specified file name that is being deleted.
Top

Job system name (JOBSYSNAME)

Specifies the name of the system where the job that created the spooled file (JOB parameter) ran. This
parameter is considered after the job name, user name, job number, spooled file name, and spooled file
number parameter requirements have been met.

158 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
*ONLY
There is one spooled file with the specified job name, user name, job number, spooled file name,
spooled file number, and spooled file create date and time.
*CURRENT
The spooled file created on the current system with the specified job name, user name, job
number, spooled file name, spooled file number, and create date and time is used.
*ANY The job system name is not used to determine which spooled file is used. Use this value when
the spooled file create date and time parameter is to take precedence over the job system name
when selecting a spooled file.
job-system-name
Specify the name of the system where the job that created the spooled file ran.
Top

Spooled file created (CRTDATE)

Specifies the date and time the spooled file was created. This parameter is considered after the job name,
user name, job number, spooled file name, spooled file number, and job system name parameter
requirements have been met.

The possible single values are:

*ONLY
There is one spooled file with the specified job name, user name, job number, spooled file name,
spooled file number, and job system name.
*LAST
The spooled file with the latest create date and time of the specified job name, user name, job
number, spooled file name, spooled file number, and job system name is used.

The possible create date value is:

spooled-file-create-date
Specify the date the spooled file was created.

The possible create time values are:

*ONLY
There is one spooled file with the specified job name, user name, job number, spooled file name,
spooled file number, job system name, and spooled file create date.
*LAST
The spooled file with the latest create time of the specified job name, user name, job number,
spooled file name, spooled file number, job system name, and spooled file create date is used.
spooled-file-create-time
Specify the time the spooled file was created.
Top

Select files for (SELECT)

Specifies which group of files should be selected for deletion. Positional values can be specified to select
the files: the user that created the file, the device that the file is queued for, the form type specified, the
user data tag associated with the file, or the auxiliary storage pool the file is in. Only files that meet each
of the values are selected.

Delete Spooled File (DLTSPLF) 159

The possible values for the user are:
*CURRENT
Only files created by the user running this command are selected.
*ALL Files created by all users are selected.
user-name
Specify a user name. Only files created by that user name are selected.

The possible values for the device are:

*ALL Files on any device-created or user-created output queue are selected.
*OUTQ
All files on any user-created output queue are selected. A user-created output queue is any
output queue that is not automatically created by a device. A user-created output queue does not
generally have the same name as a device, but if it does, it does not reside in library QUSRSYS.
device-name
Specify a device name. Only files on the device created output queue for that device are selected.
A device created output queue is one that has the same name as a device and resides in the
QUSRSYS library. Unless it already exists, it will automatically be created by the system when the
device is created. A device created output queue cannot be deleted.

The possible values for the form type are:

*ALL Files for all form types are selected.
*STD Only files that specify the standard form type are selected.
form-type
Specify the form type to select the file.

The possible values for the user data are:

*ALL Files with any user data tag specified are selected.
user-data
Specify the user data tag to select the file.

The possible values for Auxiliary Storage Pool number (ASP) are:
*ALL All files as specified in the Auxiliary Storage Pool Device (ASPDEV) parameter are selected.
*ASPDEV
Files specified in the Auxiliary Storage Pool Device (ASPDEV) parameter are selected.
ASP-number
Specify the auxiliary storage pool (ASP) of the files being selected. Valid values are 1 to 32.
Top

ASP device (ASPDEV)

Specifies the auxiliary storage pool device name from which spooled files are to be selected. This
parameter is only valid if the ASP number (ASP) element of the Select parameter is *ALL or *ASPDEV.

The possible values are:

* Files which are found in the ASPs that are currently part of the thread’s library name space are
selected. This includes the system ASP (ASP 1), all defined basic user ASPs (ASPs 2-32), and if the
thread has an ASP group, the primary and secondary ASPs in the thread’s ASP group.

160 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
*SYSBAS
Files which are found in the system ASP (ASP 1) and all defined basic user ASPs (ASPs 2-32) are
selected.
*CURASPGRP
Files which are found in the primary and secondary ASPs in the thread’s ASP group are selected.
If no ASP group is associated with the thread, an error will be issued.
auxiliary-storage-pool-device-name
Files which are found in the specified primary or secondary ASP are selected. Only primary or
secondary ASPs which are in the thread’s ASP group may be specified. If no ASP group is
associated with the thread, an error will be issued.
Top

Examples
DLTSPLF FILE(WEEKLY) JOB(000146/SMITH/PAYROLL5)

This command deletes the spooled file named WEEKLY (of job PAYROLL5, for user SMITH, job number
000146) from the output queue. Spooled files with different names produced by the job named
PAYROLL5 are not affected by this command. If the job produced more than one file named WEEKLY, no
file is deleted because SPLNBR(*ONLY) is assumed.
Top

Error messages
*ESCAPE Messages
CPF337E
ASP device &1 not in current ASP group for thread.
CPF337F
ASP device &1 not allowed with ASP number &2.
CPF33D0
Printer &1 does not exist.
CPF33D1
User &1 does not exist.
CPF3303
File &1 not found in job &5/&4/&3.
CPF3309
No files named &1 are active.
CPF3330
Necessary resource not available.
CPF3340
More than one file with specified name found in job &5/&4/&3.
CPF3342
Job &5/&4/&3 not found.
CPF3343
Duplicate job names found.
CPF3344
File &1 number &8 no longer in the system.

Delete Spooled File (DLTSPLF) 161

CPF34A4
File &1 number &8 not held or deleted.
CPF3478
File &1 not found in job &5/&4/&3 on output queue &6 in library &7.
CPF3492
Not authorized to spooled file.
CPF8128
&8 damage on output queue &4 in library &9.
CPF9825
Not authorized to device &1.
CPF9833
*CURASPGRP or *ASPGRPPRI specified and thread has no ASP group.
CPFB8ED
Device description &1 not correct for operation.
Top

162 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
Delete SQL Package (DLTSQLPKG)
Where allowed to run: All environments (*ALL) Parameters
Threadsafe: No Examples
Error messages

The Delete Structured Query Language Package (DLTSQLPKG) command is used to delete an SQL
package or group of packages.

DLTSQLPKG is a local command and must be used on the iSeries system where the SQL package being
deleted is located.

To delete an SQL package on a remote system that is also an iSeries system, use the Submit Remote
Command (SBMRMTCMD) command to run the DLTSQLPKG command on the remote system.

The user can do the following to delete an SQL package from a remote system that is not an iSeries
system:
v Use interactive SQL to run the CONNECT and DROP PACKAGE operations.
v Sign on the remote system and use a command local to that system.
v Create and run an SQL program that contains a DROP PACKAGE SQL statement.

Restrictions:
v You cannot use the DLTSQLPKG command to delete an SQL package on a remote system. To delete an
SQL package from a remote system, you can do one of the following:
– Use interactive SQL to run the CONNECT and DROP PACKAGE statements.
– Sign on the remote system and use a command local to that system.
– Create and run an SQL program which contains a DROP PACKAGE SQL statement.
v You must have object existence (*OBJEXIST) authority for the SQL package and read (*READ) authority
for the library where the SQL package is located to use this command.
Top

Parameters
Keyword Description Choices Notes
SQLPKG SQL package Qualified object name Required,
Positional 1
Qualifier 1: SQL package Generic name, name
Qualifier 2: Library Name, *LIBL, *CURLIB, *USRLIBL, *ALL, *ALLUSR

Top

SQL package (SQLPKG)

Specifies the SQL package to be deleted. Multiple SQL packages can be deleted by specifying a generic
SQL package name.

Qualifier 1: SQL package

© Copyright IBM Corp. 1998, 2004 163

generic-name
Specify the generic name of the SQL packages to be deleted. A generic name is a character string
of one or more characters followed by an asterisk (*).
name Specify the name of the SQL package to be deleted.

Qualifier 2: Library
*LIBL All libraries in the library list for the current thread are searched until the first match is found.
*CURLIB
The current library is searched. If no library is specified as the current library for the job, QGPL is
used.
*USRLIBL
If a current library entry exists in the library list for the current thread, the current library and the
libraries in the user portion of the library list are searched. If there is no current library entry,
only the libraries in the user portion of the library list are searched.
*ALL All libraries in the system, including QSYS, are searched.
*ALLUSR
All user libraries are searched. All libraries with names that do not begin with the letter Q are
searched except for the following:
#CGULIB #DSULIB #SEULIB
#COBLIB #RPGLIB
#DFULIB #SDALIB
Although the following Qxxx libraries are provided by IBM, they typically contain user data that
changes frequently. Therefore, these libraries are considered user libraries and are also searched:
QDSNX QRCLxxxxx QUSRIJS QUSRVxRxMx
QGPL QSRVAGT QUSRINFSKR
QGPL38 QSYS2 QUSRNOTES
QMGTC QSYS2xxxxx QUSROND
QMGTC2 QS36F QUSRPOSGS
QMPGDATA QUSER38 QUSRPOSSA
QMQMDATA QUSRADSM QUSRPYMSVR
QMQMPROC QUSRBRM QUSRRDARS
QPFRDATA QUSRDIRCL QUSRSYS
QRCL QUSRDIRDB QUSRVI
1. ’xxxxx’ is the number of a primary auxiliary storage pool (ASP).
2. A different library name, in the format QUSRVxRxMx, can be created by the user for each
previous release supported by IBM to contain any user commands to be compiled in a CL
program for the previous release. For the QUSRVxRxMx user library, VxRxMx is the version,
release, and modification level of a previous release that IBM continues to support.
name Specify the name of the library to be searched.
Top

Examples
DLTSQLPKG SQLPKG(JONES)

This command deletes the SQL package JONES.

Top

Error messages
None

164 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
 Top

Delete SQL Package (DLTSQLPKG) 165

166 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
Delete Service Configuration (DLTSRVCFG)
Where allowed to run: All environments (*ALL) Parameters
Threadsafe: No Examples
Error messages

The Delete Service Configuration (DLTSRVCFG) command allows a user to delete an existing AT&T
Global Network Services (AGNS) or virtual private network (VPN) service configuration.

Restrictions:
v You must have input/output system configuration (*IOSYSCFG) special authority to run this
command. You also must have object existence (*OBJEXIST) authority to the communications
configuration objects (line, controller, and device descriptions) if DLTCMNCFG(*YES) is specified.
Top

Parameters
Keyword Description Choices Notes
SERVICE Service *ALL, *ECS, *SRVAGT Required,
Positional 1
DLTCMNCFG Delete communications *NO, *YES Optional
config

Top

Service (SERVICE)
Specifies the service configuration to be deleted.

This is a required parameter.

*ALL All service configurations will be deleted..
*ECS The service configuration for use by electronic customer support (ECS) and the hardware problem
reporting function of iSeries Service Agent is to be deleted.
*SRVAGT
The service configuration for use by the inventory collection and transmission function of iSeries
Service Agent is to be deleted.
Top

Delete communications config (DLTCMNCFG)

Specifies whether all communications configuration objects associated with the service configuration
should be deleted. This would include the line, controller, and device descriptions defined for use with
the service. This parameter applies to all services if SERVICE(*ALL) is specified.

Note: Communications configuration objects will not be deleted if they are still referenced by another
profile.

© Copyright IBM Corp. 1998, 2004 167

*NO Do not delete the associated communications configuration objects.
*YES Delete the associated communications configuration objects.
Top

Examples
Example 1: Deleting the ECS Service Configuration
DLTSRVCFG SERVICE(*ECS)

This command will delete the service configuration used by electronic customer support (ECS) and the
hardware problem reporting function of iSeries Service Agent.

Example 2: Deleting All Service Configurations

DLTSRVCFG SERVICE(*ALL) DLTCMNCFG(*YES)

This command deletes all defined service configurations and deletes all communications configuration
objects associated with the service configurations.
Top

Error messages
*ESCAPE Messages
CPFB041
Parameter SERVICE required.
CPF9899
Error occurred during processing of command.
TCP8205
Required object &2/&1 type *&3 not found.
TCP8211
Point-to-point profile &1 not found.
Top

168 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
Delete Service Program (DLTSRVPGM)
Where allowed to run: All environments (*ALL) Parameters
Threadsafe: No Examples
Error messages

The Delete Service Program (DLTSRVPGM) command deletes a bound service program or group of
service programs from a set of modules and binding directories.

Restrictions:
v You must have object existence (*OBJEXIST) authority to the service program.
v You must have execute (*EXECUTE) authority to the library from which the service program is to be
deleted.
Top

Parameters
Keyword Description Choices Notes
SRVPGM Service program Qualified object name Required,
Positional 1
Qualifier 1: Service program Generic name, name
Qualifier 2: Library Name, *LIBL, *CURLIB, *USRLIBL, *ALL, *ALLUSR

Top

Service program (SRVPGM)

Specifies the service program to be deleted. A specific service program or a generic service program can
be specified.

This is a required parameter.

Qualifier 1: Service program

generic-name
Specify the generic name of the service programs to be deleted. A generic name is a character
string of one or more characters followed by an asterisk (*); for example, ABC*. If a generic name
is specified, then all service programs with names that begin with the generic name, and for
which the user has authority, are deleted. If an asterisk is not included with the generic (prefix)
name, the system assumes it to be the complete service program name.
name Specify the name of the service program to be deleted.

Qualifier 2: Library
*LIBL All libraries in the library list for the current thread are searched until the first match is found.
*CURLIB
The current library for the job is searched. If no library is specified as the current library for the
job, the QGPL library is used.

© Copyright IBM Corp. 1998, 2004 169

*USRLIBL
Only the libraries in the user portion of the job’s library list are searched.
*ALL All libraries in the system, including QSYS, are searched.
*ALLUSR
All user libraries are searched. All libraries with names that do not begin with the letter Q are
searched except for the following:
#CGULIB #DSULIB #SEULIB
#COBLIB #RPGLIB
#DFULIB #SDALIB
Although the following Qxxx libraries are provided by IBM, they typically contain user data that
changes frequently. Therefore, these libraries are considered user libraries and are also searched:
QDSNX QRCLxxxxx QUSRIJS QUSRVxRxMx
QGPL QSRVAGT QUSRINFSKR
QGPL38 QSYS2 QUSRNOTES
QMGTC QSYS2xxxxx QUSROND
QMGTC2 QS36F QUSRPOSGS
QMPGDATA QUSER38 QUSRPOSSA
QMQMDATA QUSRADSM QUSRPYMSVR
QMQMPROC QUSRBRM QUSRRDARS
QPFRDATA QUSRDIRCL QUSRSYS
QRCL QUSRDIRDB QUSRVI
1. ’xxxxx’ is the number of a primary auxiliary storage pool (ASP).
2. A different library name, in the format QUSRVxRxMx, can be created by the user for each
previous release supported by IBM to contain any user commands to be compiled in a CL
program for the previous release. For the QUSRVxRxMx user library, VxRxMx is the version,
release, and modification level of a previous release that IBM continues to support.
name Specify the name of the library to be searched.
Top

Examples
DLTSRVPGM SRVPGM(XYZ/S*)

This command deletes all service programs in library XYZ that begin with the letter S.
Top

Error messages
*ESCAPE Messages
CPF2105
Object &1 in &2 type *&3 not found.
CPF2110
Library &1 not found.
CPF2113
Cannot allocate library &1.
CPF2114
Cannot allocate object &1 in &2 type *&3.
CPF2117
&4 objects type *&3 deleted. &5 objects not deleted.

170 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
CPF2125
No objects deleted.
CPF2160
Object type *&1 not eligible for requested function.
CPF2176
Library &1 damaged.
CPF2182
Not authorized to library &1.
CPF2189
Not authorized to object &1 in &2 type *&3.
CPFA030
Object already in use.
CPFE007
Error occurred processing command.
CPF9803
Cannot allocate object &2 in library &3.
Top

Delete Service Program (DLTSRVPGM) 171

172 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
Delete Tape Category (DLTTAPCGY)
Where allowed to run: All environments (*ALL) Parameters
Threadsafe: No Examples
Error messages

The Delete Tape Category (DLTTAPCGY) command deletes a user defined category name that was
previously created with the Create Tape Category (CRTTAPCGY) command. If any cartridge identifiers
are currently assigned to this category, the category is not deleted.
Top

Parameters
Keyword Description Choices Notes
CGY Category Element list Required,
Positional 1
Element 1: Category name Character value
Element 2: Category system Character value, *CURRENT

Top

Category (CGY)
Specifies the category to delete.

The possible Category name value is:

category-name
Specify the name of a user-defined category. This category name must have previously been
created with the Create Tape Category (CRTTAPCGY) command.

The possible Category system values are:

Identifies the system the category belongs to. The system name is obtained from the current system name
field of a Display Network Attributes (DSPNETA) command.
*CURRENT
The system currently running the command.
system-name
Specify the system name that is the primary owner of the category.
Top

Examples
DLTTAPCGY CGY(CAT1 RCHAS215)

This command deletes a user-defined category named CAT1 from the primary owner RCHAS215.
Top

© Copyright IBM Corp. 1998, 2004 173

Error messages
*ESCAPE Messages
CPF67C6
Category &4 not deleted
CPF67E3
Category not deleted
Top

174 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
Delete Table (DLTTBL)
Where allowed to run: All environments (*ALL) Parameters
Threadsafe: No Examples
Error messages

The Delete Table (DLTTBL) command deletes the specified table(s).

Top

Parameters
Keyword Description Choices Notes
TBL Table Qualified object name Required,
Positional 1
Qualifier 1: Table Generic name, name
Qualifier 2: Library Name, *LIBL, *CURLIB, *USRLIBL, *ALL, *ALLUSR

Top

Table (TBL)
Specifies the name of the table(s) being deleted. A specific table or a generic table can be specified; either
type can be optionally qualified by a library name.

This is a required parameter.

The possible values are:

table-name
Specify the qualified name of the table that is deleted.
generic*-table-name
Specify the generic name of the table that is deleted. A generic name can be specified as a
character string that contains one or more characters followed by an asterisk (*). If a generic name
is specified, then all tables that have names with the same prefix as the generic table name are
deleted.

The possible library values are:

*LIBL All libraries in the library list for the current thread are searched until the first match is found.
*CURLIB
The current library for the job is searched for tables to delete. If no current library entry exists in
the library list, QGPL is used.
*USRLIBL
If a current library entry exists in the library list for the current thread, the current library and the
libraries in the user portion of the library list are searched. If there is no current library entry,
only the libraries in the user portion of the library list are searched.
*ALL All libraries in the system, including QSYS, are searched.

© Copyright IBM Corp. 1998, 2004 175

*ALLUSR
All user libraries are searched. All libraries with names that do not begin with the letter Q are
searched except for the following:
#CGULIB #DSULIB #SEULIB
#COBLIB #RPGLIB
#DFULIB #SDALIB
Although the following Qxxx libraries are provided by IBM, they typically contain user data that
changes frequently. Therefore, these libraries are considered user libraries and are also searched:
QDSNX QRCLxxxxx QUSRIJS QUSRVxRxMx
QGPL QSRVAGT QUSRINFSKR
QGPL38 QSYS2 QUSRNOTES
QMGTC QSYS2xxxxx QUSROND
QMGTC2 QS36F QUSRPOSGS
QMPGDATA QUSER38 QUSRPOSSA
QMQMDATA QUSRADSM QUSRPYMSVR
QMQMPROC QUSRBRM QUSRRDARS
QPFRDATA QUSRDIRCL QUSRSYS
QRCL QUSRDIRDB QUSRVI
1. ’xxxxx’ is the number of a primary auxiliary storage pool (ASP).
2. A different library name, in the format QUSRVxRxMx, can be created by the user for each
previous release supported by IBM to contain any user commands to be compiled in a CL
program for the previous release. For the QUSRVxRxMx user library, VxRxMx is the version,
release, and modification level of a previous release that IBM continues to support.
library-name
Specify a library name. Only the library named in this parameter is searched for tables to delete.
Top

Examples
DLTTBL TBL(SCRAMTBL)

This command deletes the table named SCRAMTBL from the system.
Top

Error messages
*ESCAPE Messages
CPF2105
Object &1 in &2 type *&3 not found.
CPF2110
Library &1 not found.
CPF2114
Cannot allocate object &1 in &2 type *&3.
CPF2117
&4 objects type *&3 deleted. &5 objects not deleted.
CPF2182
Not authorized to library &1.
CPF2189
Not authorized to object &1 in &2 type *&3.

176 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
CPF2625
Not able to allocate object &1.
Top

Delete Table (DLTTBL) 177

178 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
Delete Time Zone Description (DLTTIMZON)
Where allowed to run: All environments (*ALL) Parameters
Threadsafe: Yes Examples
Error messages

The Delete Time Zone Description (DLTTIMZON) command deletes the specified time zone description
object.

Restrictions:
v You must have object existence (*OBJEXIST) authority to the time zone description being deleted.
v You must have execute (*EXECUTE) authority to the QSYS library.
v The time zone description specified in the QTIMZON system value cannot be deleted.
Top

Parameters
Keyword Description Choices Notes
TIMZON Time zone description Generic name, name Required,
Positional 1

Top

Time zone description (TIMZON)

Specifies the time zone description to be deleted.

This is a required parameter.

generic-name
Specify the generic name of the time zone descriptions to be deleted. A generic name is specified
as a character string that contains one or more characters followed by an asterisk(*). If a generic
name is specified, then all objects that have names with the same prefix as the generic object
name are selected.
name Specify the name of the time zone description.
Top

Examples
DLTTIMZON TIMZON(CENTRAL)

This command deletes the time zone description CENTRAL.

Top

© Copyright IBM Corp. 1998, 2004 179

Error messages
*ESCAPE Messages
CPF09A2
Time zone description &1 not deleted.
CPF1842
Cannot access system value &1.
CPF2105
Object &1 in &2 type *&3 not found.
CPF2114
Cannot allocate object &1 in &2 type *&3.
CPF2117
&4 objects type *&3 deleted. &5 objects not deleted.
CPF2125
No objects deleted.
CPF2189
Not authorized to object &1 in &2 type *&3.
Top

180 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
Delete Trace (DLTTRC)
Where allowed to run: All environments (*ALL) Parameters
Threadsafe: No Examples
Error messages

The Delete Trace Data (DLTTRC) command deletes trace data that was stored in a set of database files by
the ENDTRC (End Trace) command.

Restrictions:
v To use this command, you must have service (*SERVICE) special authority, or be authorized to the
Service Trace function of OS/400 through iSeries Navigator’s Application Administration support. The
Change Function Usage (CHGFCNUSG) command, with a function ID of QIBM_SERVICE_TRACE, can
also be used to change the list of users that are allowed to perform trace operations.
v To use this command, you must have authority to the library and the database files within that library
where the trace data is stored.
Top

Parameters
Keyword Description Choices Notes
DTAMBR Data member Name Optional,
Positional 1
DTALIB Data library Name, *CURLIB Optional

Top

Data member (DTAMBR)

Specifies the database file member that contains the trace data that you want to delete. The member
name will be the same as the trace session identifier specified on the Start Trace (STRTRC) and End Trace
(ENDTRC) commands. The member name is the same for each of the physical files that contain the trace
data.

This is a required parameter.

name Specify the name of the database file member that contains the trace data.
Top

Data library (DTALIB)

Specifies the library that contains the set of database files where the collected trace data is stored.
*CURLIB
The trace data is deleted from files in the current library for the job. If no library is specified as
the current library for the job, QGPL is used.
name Specify the name of the library that contains the trace data files.

© Copyright IBM Corp. 1998, 2004 181

 Top

Examples
DLTTRC DTAMBR(MYTRACE) DTALIB(MYTRCLIB)

This command removes the database file members for files in library MYTRCLIB which contain trace
data associated for trace session MYTRACE.
Top

Error messages
*ESCAPE Messages
CPC3925
&1 members removed, &2 members not removed.
CPF39CE
Error occurred during processing of the DLTTRC command.
CPF98A2
Not authorized to &1 command.
Top

182 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
Delete User-Defined FS (DLTUDFS)
Where allowed to run: All environments (*ALL) Parameters
Threadsafe: No Examples
Error messages

The Delete User-Defined File System (DLTUDFS) command deletes an existing and unmounted
user-defined file system (UDFS) and all of the objects within it. The command will fail if the UDFS is
mounted.

Restrictions:
1. The UDFS to be deleted must not be mounted.
2. Only a user with input/output (I/O) system configuration (*IOSYSCFG) special authority can specify
this command.
3. The user must have object existence (*OBJEXIST) authority to all of the objects in the UDFS.
Top

Parameters
Keyword Description Choices Notes
UDFS User-defined file system Path name Required,
Positional 1

Top

User-defined file system (UDFS)

Specifies the path name of the existing UDFS to be deleted. It must be in one of the following two forms:
v /dev/qaspXX/udfsname.udfs, where XX is one of the valid system or basic user auxiliary storage pool
(ASP) numbers on the system, and udfsname is the name of the user-defined file system. All other parts
of the name must appear as in the example above.
v /dev/aspname/udfsname.udfs, where aspname is one of the valid independent ASP names on the system,
and udfsname is the name of the user-defined file system. All other parts of the name must appear as in
the example above.

The name part of the path must be unique within the specified qaspXX or aspname directory.

Wildcard characters such as ’*’ and ’?’ are not allowed in this parameter. The command will fail if the
UDFS specified is currently mounted.

This is a required parameter.

Top

Examples
Example 1: Deleting a User-defined File System
DLTUDFS UDFS(’/dev/QASP01/joe.udfs’)

© Copyright IBM Corp. 1998, 2004 183

This command deletes the user-defined file system (UDFS) named joe.udfs from the system auxiliary
storage pool (ASP 1).
Top

Error messages
*ESCAPE Messages
CPFA0A9
Object not found. Object is &1.
Top

184 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
Delete User Index (DLTUSRIDX)
Where allowed to run: All environments (*ALL) Parameters
Threadsafe: Yes Examples
Error messages

The Delete User Index (DLTUSRIDX) command deletes a user index from the system.

Restriction: You must have *OBJEXIST authority and *USE authority for the user index being deleted to
enter this command.
Top

Parameters
Keyword Description Choices Notes
USRIDX User index Qualified object name Required,
Positional 1
Qualifier 1: User index Generic name, name
Qualifier 2: Library Name, *LIBL, *CURLIB, *USRLIBL, *ALL, *ALLUSR

Top

User index (USRIDX)

Specifies the name of the user index that is to be deleted.

This is a required parameter.

The possible values are:

*LIBL All libraries in the library list for the current thread are searched until the first match is found.
*USRLIBL
If a current library entry exists in the library list for the current thread, the current library and the
libraries in the user portion of the library list are searched. If there is no current library entry,
only the libraries in the user portion of the library list are searched.
*CURLIB
The current library for the thread is searched. If no library is specified as the current library for
the thread, the QGPL library is searched.
*ALL All libraries in the system, including QSYS, are searched.
*ALLUSR
All user libraries are searched. All libraries with names that do not begin with the letter Q are
searched except for the following:
#CGULIB #DSULIB #SEULIB
#COBLIB #RPGLIB
#DFULIB #SDALIB
Although the following Qxxx libraries are provided by IBM, they typically contain user data that
changes frequently. Therefore, these libraries are considered user libraries and are also searched:

© Copyright IBM Corp. 1998, 2004 185

 QDSNX QRCLxxxxx QUSRIJS QUSRVxRxMx
QGPL QSRVAGT QUSRINFSKR
QGPL38 QSYS2 QUSRNOTES
QMGTC QSYS2xxxxx QUSROND
QMGTC2 QS36F QUSRPOSGS
QMPGDATA QUSER38 QUSRPOSSA
QMQMDATA QUSRADSM QUSRPYMSVR
QMQMPROC QUSRBRM QUSRRDARS
QPFRDATA QUSRDIRCL QUSRSYS
QRCL QUSRDIRDB QUSRVI
1. ’xxxxx’ is the number of a primary auxiliary storage pool (ASP).
2. A different library name, in the format QUSRVxRxMx, can be created by the user for each
previous release supported by IBM to contain any user commands to be compiled in a CL
program for the previous release. For the QUSRVxRxMx user library, VxRxMx is the version,
release, and modification level of a previous release that IBM continues to support.
library-name
Specify the name of the library to be searched.
The possible user index values are:
user-index-name
Specify the name of the user index that is to be deleted.
generic*-user-index-name
Specify the generic name of the user index. A generic name is a character string of one or more
characters followed by an asterisk (*); for example, ABC*. If a generic name is specified, all user
indexes with names that begin with the generic name, and for which the user has authority, are
shown.
Top

Examples
DLTUSRIDX USRIDX(MYBEST/USRIDXTEST)

This command deletes the user index named USRIDXTEST in the library named MYBEST from the
system.
Top

Error messages
*ESCAPE Messages
CPF2105
Object &1 in &2 type *&3 not found.
CPF2110
Library &1 not found.
CPF2113
Cannot allocate library &1.
CPF2114
Cannot allocate object &1 in &2 type *&3.
CPF2117
&4 objects type *&3 deleted. &5 objects not deleted.

186 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
CPF2125
No objects deleted.
CPF2176
Library &1 damaged.
CPF2182
Not authorized to library &1.
CPF2189
Not authorized to object &1 in &2 type *&3.
Top

Delete User Index (DLTUSRIDX) 187

188 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
Delete User Profile (DLTUSRPRF)
Where allowed to run: All environments (*ALL) Parameters
Threadsafe: No Examples
Error messages

The Delete User Profile (DLTUSRPRF) command deletes a user profile from the system. The user of this
command must have *SECADM special authority, which can be obtained through the program adopt
operation, and *OBJEXIST authority and *USE authority for the user profile being deleted.

The message queue associated with this user profile is automatically deleted if the user profile is the
owner of the message queue.

If a user profile is damaged by system failure, it can be deleted by using the Delete User Profile
(DLTUSRPRF) command and re-created by using the Create User Profile (CRTUSRPRF) command. After a
user profile is re-created, the owned objects and primary group objects can be transferred back to it. Also,
authorities that were granted to the damaged profile must be granted again to the new user profile by
using the Grant Object Authority (GRTOBJAUT) command.

Restrictions:
1. The user must have use (*USE) and object existence (*OBJEXIST) authority to the user profile.
2. The user must have existence, use, and delete authorities to delete a message queue associated with
and owned by the user profile.
3. The user profile cannot be deleted if a user is currently running under the profile, or if it owns any
objects and OWNOBJOPT(*NODLT) is specified. All objects in the user profile must first either be
transferred to new owners by using the Change Object Owner (CHGOBJOWN) command or be
deleted from the system. This can also be accomplished by specifying OWNOBJOPT(*DLT) to delete
the objects or OWNOBJOPT(*CHGOWN user-profile-name) to change the ownership. Authority
granted to the user does not have to be specifically revoked by the Revoke Object Authority
(RVKOBJAUT) command; it is automatically revoked when the user profile is deleted.
4. To delete any object, the user must have object existence authority for the object.
5. The user profile cannot be deleted if it is the primary group for any object. All objects that the user is
the primary group for must either be transferred to new users by using the Change Object Primary
Group (CHGOBJPGP) command, or be deleted from the system. The transfer can be accomplished by
specifying PGPOPT(*CHGPGP user-profile-name) to change the primary group.
6. This command calls the system distribution directory support to delete the user from the directory
and to delete the user from distribution lists, if necessary. The system distribution directory support
uses journaling and commitment control for the system distribution directory files
(QUSURSYS/QAOS*). Commitment control must be inactive when this function is requested. If
commitment control is active when this function is requested, the journal must be
QUSRSYS/QAOSDIAJRN.

ADDITIONAL CONSIDERATIONS
1. Owned object types *USRPRF, *RCT, and *AUTHLR are not deleted from the system. Ownership of
these object types is transferred to user profile QDFTOWN.
2. Owned objects of the type *PRDDFN are not deleted. Ownership is transferred to the user profile
QSYS.
3. In addition to the above restrictions, all restrictions that apply to DLTLIB also apply to specifying
OWNOBJOPT(*DLT). For example, if an object is in use, it cannot be deleted. Or, if a physical file has
an associated logical file owned by another user, the physical file cannot be deleted.
4. The user profile of a user enrolled in OfficeVision for iSeries 400 cannot be deleted.
© Copyright IBM Corp. 1998, 2004 189
5. Owned objects of type *LIB are not deleted from the system if the library contains objects owned by
another user profile. The ownership of the library is transferred to the system user profile,
QDFTOWN.
6. Owned objects of type *DIR are not deleted from the system if the directory contains objects owned
by another user profile. The ownership of the directory is transferred to the system user profile,
QDFTOWN.
7. Owned objects of type *BLKSF are not deleted from the system if the user-defined file system
represented by the *BLKSF contains objects owned by another user profile. The ownership of the
user-defined file system is transferred to the system user profile, QDFTOWN.
8. A user profile cannot be both the owner of the object and the primary group of the object. Therefore,
if the new owner is already the primary group of an object that the current user owns, the transfer of
ownership fails. Also, if the new primary group already owns an object that the current user is the
primary group of, the transfer of primary groups fails.
Top

Parameters
Keyword Description Choices Notes
USRPRF User profile Name Required,
Positional 1
OWNOBJOPT Owned object option Single values: *NODLT, *DLT Optional
Other values: Element list
Element 1: Owned object *CHGOWN
value
Element 2: User profile name Name
if *CHGOWN
PGPOPT Primary group option Single values: *NOCHG Optional
Other values: Element list
Element 1: Primary group *CHGPGP
value
Element 2: New primary Name, *NONE
group
Element 3: New primary *OLDPGP, *PRIVATE, *ALL, *CHANGE, *USE,
group authority *EXCLUDE
EIMASSOC EIM association *DLT, *NODLT Optional

Top

User profile (USRPRF)

This is a required parameter.

Specifies the name of the user profile to be deleted.

Note: The following IBM-supplied user profiles are not valid on this parameter:

QAUTPROF, QCLUMGT, QCLUSTER, QCOLSRV, QDBSHR, QDBSHRDO, QDFTOWN, QDIRSRV,

QDLFM, QDOC, QDSNX, QEJB, QEJBSVR, QFNC, QGATE, QIPP, QLPAUTO, QLPINSTALL, QMGTC,
QMSF, QNETSPLF, QNFSANON, QNTP, QPEX, QPGMR, QPM400, QSECOFR, QSNADS, QSPL,
QSPLJOB, QSRV, QSRVAGT, QSRVBAS, QSYS, QSYSOPR, QTCM, QTCP, QTFTP, QTMHHTTP,
QTMHHTP1, QTSTRQS, QUSER, QYCMCIMOM, QYPSJSVR

190 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
 Top

Owned object option (OWNOBJOPT)

The type of operations being performed on the owned objects of the user profile being deleted.
*NODLT
The owned objects for the user profile are not changed, and the user profile is not deleted if the
user owns any objects.
*DLT The owned objects for the user profile are deleted. The user profile is deleted if the deletion of all
owned objects is successful.

Element 1: Owned object value

*CHGOWN
The owned objects for the user profile have ownership transferred to the specified user profile.
The user profile is deleted if the transfer of all owned objects is successful.
When *CHGOWN is specified, a user profile name must be specified for the new user profile.
The new user profile owns all objects owned by the user profile specified by the USRPRF
parameter.

Element 2: User profile name if *CHGOWN

user-profile-name
Specify the name of the user profile.
Top

Primary group option (PGPOPT)

The type of operations being done on the objects the user profile being deleted is the primary group for.
*NOCHG
The objects the user profile is the primary group for do not change, and the user profile is not
deleted if the user is the primary group for any objects.

Element 1: Primary group value

*CHGPGP
The objects the user profile is the primary group for are transferred to the specified user profile.
The user profile is deleted if the transfer of all objects is successful.
When *CHGPGP is specified, a user profile name or *NONE must be specified. If a user profile
name is specified, that user will be the primary group for all objects for which the user profile
specified by the USRPRF parameter is the primary group. If *NONE is specified, all of the objects
for which the user profile specified by the USRPRF parameter is the primary group for will no
longer have a primary group.

Element 2: New primary group

user-profile-name
The name of the user profile. The user profile specified must have a group ID number (gid).
*NONE
The objects do not have a primary group.

Element 3: New primary group authority

Delete User Profile (DLTUSRPRF) 191

*OLDPGP
The new primary group has the same authority to the object as the old primary group.
*PRIVATE
If the new primary group has a private authority to the object, it will become the primary group
for that object and the primary group authority will be what the private authority was. If the new
primary group does not have a private authority to the object, it becomes the primary group but
does not have any authority to the object.
*ALL The new primary group has *ALL authority to the object.
*CHANGE
The new primary group has *CHANGE authority to the object.
*USE The new primary group has *USE authority to the object.
*EXCLUDE
The new primary group has *EXCLUDE authority to the object.
Top

EIM association (EIMASSOC)

Specifies whether Enterprise Identity Mapping (EIM) associations should be deleted for this user in the
local registry. All types of associations for this user in the local registry will be deleted, including target,
source, admin and policy.

If this system is not configured for EIM, then no processing is done. If this system is configured for EIM,
but the connect to EIM fails (for example, the LDAP server that EIM is configured to use is not active),
then a QSYEIM job is submitted that will attempt to connect to EIM for one hour. Not being able to
delete EIM associations does not cause the delete of the profile to fail.

If associations are not deleted, a profile created with the same name will use these associations.
*DLT EIM associations will be deleted.
*NODLT
EIM associations will not be deleted.
Top

Examples
DLTUSRPRF USRPRF(JJADAMS)

This command deletes the user profile named JJADAMS from the system if no objects are owned by the
user profile, no user is currently running under it, and the user is not the primary group of any objects.
Top

Error messages
*ESCAPE Messages
CPFA030
Object already in use.
CPF22BF
User profile &1 not deleted.

192 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
CPF22B3
User profile &1 not deleted.
CPF22C1
NEWOWN and USRPRF parameters cannot be the same.
CPF220A
New owner &1 does not have a uid.
CPF220B
New primary group &1 does not have a gid.
CPF220C
Owner and primary group cannot be the same.
CPF2203
User profile &1 not correct.
CPF2204
User profile &1 not found.
CPF221A
User profile &1 not deleted.
CPF221E
User profile &1 not deleted.
CPF221F
PGPOPT and USRPRF parameters cannot be the same.
CPF2213
Not able to allocate user profile &1.
CPF2215
User profile &1 not deleted.
CPF2217
Not authorized to user profile &1.
CPF2222
Storage limit is greater than specified for user profile &1.
CPF2225
Not able to allocate internal system object.
CPF2227
One or more errors occurred during processing of command.
CPF2229
Not authorized to delete user profile.
CPF2238
Access path to user profiles damaged.
CPF2258
Group profile &1 not deleted.
CPF2263
Group information removed from &1 user profiles.
CPF2265
User profile &1 not deleted.

*STATUS Messages

Delete User Profile (DLTUSRPRF) 193

CPI2236
Deleting owned objects.
Top

194 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
Delete User Queue (DLTUSRQ)
Where allowed to run: All environments (*ALL) Parameters
Threadsafe: Yes Examples
Error messages

The Delete User Queue (DLTUSRQ) command deletes a user queue from the system. The user who enters
this command must have *OBJEXIST authority and *USE authority for the user queue being deleted.
Top

Parameters
Keyword Description Choices Notes
USRQ User queue Qualified object name Required,
Positional 1
Qualifier 1: User queue Generic name, name
Qualifier 2: Library Name, *LIBL, *CURLIB, *USRLIBL, *ALL, *ALLUSR

Top

User queue (USRQ)

Specifies the name of the user queue that is to be deleted.

This is a required parameter.

The possible values are:

*LIBL All libraries in the library list for the current thread are searched until the first match is found.
*USRLIBL
If a current library entry exists in the library list for the current thread, the current library and the
libraries in the user portion of the library list are searched. If there is no current library entry,
only the libraries in the user portion of the library list are searched.
*CURLIB
The current library for the thread is searched. If no library is specified as the current library for
the thread, the QGPL library is searched.
*ALL All libraries in the system, including QSYS, are searched.
*ALLUSR
All user libraries are searched. All libraries with names that do not begin with the letter Q are
searched except for the following:
#CGULIB #DSULIB #SEULIB
#COBLIB #RPGLIB
#DFULIB #SDALIB
Although the following Qxxx libraries are provided by IBM, they typically contain user data that
changes frequently. Therefore, these libraries are considered user libraries and are also searched:
QDSNX QRCLxxxxx QUSRIJS QUSRVxRxMx
QGPL QSRVAGT QUSRINFSKR
QGPL38 QSYS2 QUSRNOTES
QMGTC QSYS2xxxxx QUSROND
QMGTC2 QS36F QUSRPOSGS

© Copyright IBM Corp. 1998, 2004 195

 QMPGDATA QUSER38 QUSRPOSSA
QMQMDATA QUSRADSM QUSRPYMSVR
QMQMPROC QUSRBRM QUSRRDARS
QPFRDATA QUSRDIRCL QUSRSYS
QRCL QUSRDIRDB QUSRVI
1. ’xxxxx’ is the number of a primary auxiliary storage pool (ASP).
2. A different library name, in the format QUSRVxRxMx, can be created by the user for each
previous release supported by IBM to contain any user commands to be compiled in a CL
program for the previous release. For the QUSRVxRxMx user library, VxRxMx is the version,
release, and modification level of a previous release that IBM continues to support.
library-name
Specify the name of the library to be searched.
The possible user queue values are:
user-queue-name
Specify the name of the user queue that is to be deleted.
generic*-user-queue-name
Specify the generic name of the user queue. A generic name is a character string of one or more
characters followed by an asterisk (*); for example, ABC*. If a generic name is specified, all user
queues with names that begin with the generic name, and for which the user has authority, are
shown.
Top

Examples
DLTUSRQ USRQ(MYBEST/USRQSAMPLE)

This command deletes the user queue named USRQSAMPLE in the library named MYBEST from the
system.
Top

Error messages
*ESCAPE Messages
CPF2105
Object &1 in &2 type *&3 not found.
CPF2110
Library &1 not found.
CPF2113
Cannot allocate library &1.
CPF2114
Cannot allocate object &1 in &2 type *&3.
CPF2117
&4 objects type *&3 deleted. &5 objects not deleted.
CPF2125
No objects deleted.
CPF2176
Library &1 damaged.

196 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
CPF2182
Not authorized to library &1.
CPF2189
Not authorized to object &1 in &2 type *&3.
Top

Delete User Queue (DLTUSRQ) 197

198 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
Delete User Space (DLTUSRSPC)
Where allowed to run: All environments (*ALL) Parameters
Threadsafe: Yes Examples
Error messages

The Delete User Space (DLTUSRSPC) command deletes a user space from the system. The user who
enters this command must have *OBJEXIST authority and *USE authority for the user space being
deleted.
Top

Parameters
Keyword Description Choices Notes
USRSPC User space Qualified object name Required,
Positional 1
Qualifier 1: User space Generic name, name
Qualifier 2: Library Name, *LIBL, *CURLIB, *USRLIBL, *ALL, *ALLUSR

Top

User space (USRSPC)

Specifies the name and library of the user space that is to be deleted. A specific user space or generic user
space can be specified; either type can be optionally qualified by a library.

This is a required parameter.

The possible library values are:

*LIBL All libraries in the library list for the current thread are searched until the first match is found.
*CURLIB
The current library for the thread is searched. If no library is specified as the current library for
the thread, the QGPL library is searched.
*USRLIBL
If a current library entry exists in the library list for the current thread, the current library and the
libraries in the user portion of the library list are searched. If there is no current library entry,
only the libraries in the user portion of the library list are searched.
*ALL All libraries in the system, including QSYS, are searched.
*ALLUSR
All user libraries are searched. All libraries with names that do not begin with the letter Q are
searched except for the following:
#CGULIB #DSULIB #SEULIB
#COBLIB #RPGLIB
#DFULIB #SDALIB
Although the following Qxxx libraries are provided by IBM, they typically contain user data that
changes frequently. Therefore, these libraries are considered user libraries and are also searched:

© Copyright IBM Corp. 1998, 2004 199

 QDSNX QRCLxxxxx QUSRIJS QUSRVxRxMx
QGPL QSRVAGT QUSRINFSKR
QGPL38 QSYS2 QUSRNOTES
QMGTC QSYS2xxxxx QUSROND
QMGTC2 QS36F QUSRPOSGS
QMPGDATA QUSER38 QUSRPOSSA
QMQMDATA QUSRADSM QUSRPYMSVR
QMQMPROC QUSRBRM QUSRRDARS
QPFRDATA QUSRDIRCL QUSRSYS
QRCL QUSRDIRDB QUSRVI
1. ’xxxxx’ is the number of a primary auxiliary storage pool (ASP).
2. A different library name, in the format QUSRVxRxMx, can be created by the user for each
previous release supported by IBM to contain any user commands to be compiled in a CL
program for the previous release. For the QUSRVxRxMx user library, VxRxMx is the version,
release, and modification level of a previous release that IBM continues to support.
library-name
Specify the name of the library to be searched.
The possible user space values are:
user-space-name
Specify the name of the user space that is to be deleted.
generic*-user-space-name
Specify the generic name of the user space. A generic name is a character string of one or more
characters followed by an asterisk (*); for example, ABC*. If a generic name is specified, all user
spaces with names that begin with the generic name, and for which the user has authority, are
shown.
Top

Examples
DLTUSRSPC USRSPC(MYBEST/USRSPCTEST)

This command deletes the user space named USRSPCTEST in the library named MYBEST from the
system.
Top

Error messages
*ESCAPE Messages
CPF2105
Object &1 in &2 type *&3 not found.
CPF2110
Library &1 not found.
CPF2113
Cannot allocate library &1.
CPF2114
Cannot allocate object &1 in &2 type *&3.
CPF2117
&4 objects type *&3 deleted. &5 objects not deleted.

200 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
CPF2125
No objects deleted.
CPF2176
Library &1 damaged.
CPF2182
Not authorized to library &1.
CPF2189
Not authorized to object &1 in &2 type *&3.
Top

Delete User Space (DLTUSRSPC) 201

202 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
Delete User Trace (DLTUSRTRC)
Where allowed to run: All environments (*ALL) Parameters
Threadsafe: No Examples
Error messages

The Delete User Trace Buffer (DLTUSRTRC) command deletes the user trace buffer and records for a
specified job.
Top

Parameters
Keyword Description Choices Notes
JOB Job name Single values: * Optional,
Other values: Qualified job name Positional 1
Qualifier 1: Job name Generic name, name, *ALL, *CURRENT
Qualifier 2: User Generic name, name, *ALL, *CURRENT
Qualifier 3: Number 000000-999999, *ALL

Top

Job name (JOB)

Specifies the jobs for which the user trace buffers are to be deleted.

The possible values are:

* The user trace buffer for the job that the command is running in is deleted.

The possible Job Name Qualifier values are:

*ALL The user trace buffers for all jobs that match the specified user name and job number are deleted.
*CURRENT
The user trace buffers for all jobs with the current job’s name are deleted.
job-name
Specify the name of the job whose user trace buffer is being deleted.
generic*-job-name
Specify the generic job name of the jobs whose user trace buffers are being deleted.

The possible User Name Qualifier values are:

*ALL The user trace buffers for all jobs that match the specified job name and job number are deleted.
*CURRENT
The user trace buffers for all jobs with the current job’s user name are deleted.
user-name
Specify the name of the user of the job whose user trace buffer is being deleted.
generic*-user-name
Specify the generic user name of the jobs whose user trace buffers are being deleted.

© Copyright IBM Corp. 1998, 2004 203

The possible Job Number Qualifier values are:
*ALL The user trace buffers for all jobs that match the specified job name and user name are deleted.
job-number
Specify the six-digit number of the job whose user trace buffer is being deleted.
Top

Examples
Example 1: Delete User Trace Buffer for Current Job
DLTUSRTRC

This command deletes the user trace buffer for the current job.

Example 2: Delete User Trace Buffers for a Specific User

DLTUSRTRC JOB(*ALL/JSMITH/*ALL)

This command deletes all user trace buffers for jobs that have a user name of JSMITH.
Top

Error messages
*ESCAPE Messages
CPFA98D
The User Trace buffer associated with job &3/&2/&1 could not be deleted.
Top

204 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
Delete Validation List (DLTVLDL)
Where allowed to run: All environments (*ALL) Parameters
Threadsafe: No Examples
Error messages

The Delete Validation List (DLTVLDL) command deletes the specified validation lists from a library.
Top

Parameters
Keyword Description Choices Notes
VLDL Validation list Qualified object name Required,
Positional 1
Qualifier 1: Validation list Generic name, name
Qualifier 2: Library Name, *LIBL, *CURLIB, *USRLIBL, *ALL, *ALLUSR

Top

Validation list (VLDL)

This is a required parameter.

The qualified name of the validation lists being deleted. A specific validation list or a generic validation
list can be specified; either type can be optionally qualified by a library name.
validation-list-name
The qualified name of the validation list being deleted.
generic*-validation-list-name
The generic name of the validation list being deleted.
A generic name is a character string of one or more characters followed by an asterisk (*); for
example ABC*. The asterisk substitutes for any valid characters. A generic name specifies all
objects with names that begin with the generic prefix for which the user has authority. If an
asterisk is not included with the generic (prefix) name, the system assumes it to be the complete
object name. For more information, see the Generic object names topic in the iSeries Information
Center at http://www.iseries.ibm.com/infocenter.

The validation list can be qualified by one of the following library values:
*LIBL All libraries in the user and system portions of the job’s library list are searched.
*USRLIBL
Only the libraries listed in the user portion of the library list are searched.
*CURLIB
The current library for the job is searched. If no library is specified as the current library for the
job, the QGPL library is used.
*ALL All libraries in the system, including QSYS, are searched.

© Copyright IBM Corp. 1998, 2004 205

*ALLUSR
All nonsystem libraries, including all user-defined libraries and the QGPL library, not just those
in the job’s library list, are searched. Libraries whose names start with the letter Q, other than the
QGPL library, are not included.
library name
The name of the library to be searched.

Top

Examples
DLTVLDL VLDL(WEBLIB/WEBUSRS)

This command deletes the validation list named WEBUSRS from the library WEBLIB if the user has the
proper authority for the validation list and the library.
Top

Error messages
Unknown
Top

206 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
Delete WSCST (DLTWSCST)
Where allowed to run: All environments (*ALL) Parameters
Threadsafe: No Examples
Error messages

The Delete Work Station Customizing Object (DLTWSCST) command allows the user to delete a work
station customizing object.
Top

Parameters
Keyword Description Choices Notes
WSCST Workstation customizing Qualified object name Required,
object Positional 1
Qualifier 1: Workstation Name
customizing object
Qualifier 2: Name, *LIBL, *CURLIB

Top

Workstation customizing object (WSCST)

Specifies the qualified name of a work station customizing object to be deleted.

The possible library values are:

*LIBL The library list is used to locate the work station customizing object.
*CURLIB
The current library for the job is used to locate the work station customizing object. If no library
is specified as the current library for the job, the QGPL library is used.
library-name
Specify the name of the library where the work station customizing object is located.

The possible values are:

object-name
Specify the name of the object that is deleted.
Top

Examples
DLTWSCST WSCST(MYLIB/PERSONNEL)

This command deletes the work station customizing object named PERSONNEL.
Top

© Copyright IBM Corp. 1998, 2004 207

Error messages
None
Top

208 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
Delay Job (DLYJOB)
Where allowed to run: All environments (*ALL) Parameters
Threadsafe: No Examples
Error messages

The Delay Job (DLYJOB) command causes your current job to wait for a specified number of seconds, or
until a specified time of day, before running resumes.

Note: A value must be specified for either the Job delay time (DLY) parameter or the Resume job time
(RSMTIME) parameter but not for both.
Top

Parameters
Keyword Description Choices Notes
DLY Job delay time 1-999999 Optional,
Positional 1
RSMTIME Resume job time Time Optional,
Positional 2

Top

Job delay time (DLY)

Specifies the number of seconds to delay the job. The DLY keyword allows a maximum value of 999999
seconds (approximately 11 days, 14 hours). This is a required parameter if the Resume job time
(RSMTIME) parameter is not specified.
1-999999
Specify the number of seconds to delay the job.
Top

Resume job time (RSMTIME)

Specifies the time of day the job resumes running. When specifying a resume time, the date is implied by
the time specified. If the resume time is later than the current time of day, the date is assumed to be the
current date. If the resume time is earlier than the current time of day, then tomorrow’s date is assumed
(the delay lasts until that time tomorrow). This is a required parameter if the Job delay time (DLY)
parameter is not specified.
time Specify the time of day the job resumes running.
Top

© Copyright IBM Corp. 1998, 2004 209

Examples
Example 1: Delaying a Job for 15 Seconds
DLYJOB DLY(15)

This command delays running of the job for 15 seconds.

Example 2: Delaying a Job Until Midnight

DLYJOB RSMTIME(’000000’)

This command delays running of the job until midnight tonight.

Top

Error messages
None
Top

210 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
Dump Object (DMP)
Where allowed to run: All environments (*ALL) Parameters
Threadsafe: No Examples
Error messages

The Dump (DMP) command dumps the contents and/or attributes of the specified integrated file system
object to a spooled printer file named QPSRVDMP. Whether the contents and/or attributes can be
dumped depends upon the object type. Any integrated file system object can be dumped, but only one
object can be specified at a time on this command.

Restrictions:
v You must have read and execute (*RX) authorities to the directory containing the object and read (*R)
to the object. If the object is in QSYS.LIB file system, you must have use (*USE) authority to the object
and execute (*EXECUTE) authority to the library. To dump internal document library objects all object
(*ALLOBJ) special authority is required.
v The Dump (DMP) command will not allow a pattern to be specified for a directory in the path name,
only for the object name. You can invoke the Work with Object Links (WRKLNK) command to see
objects in directories.
v For more information on specifying path names, refer to Chapter 2 of the CL Programming book,
SC41-5721. Additional information about object name patterns is in the Integrated file system
information in the iSeries Information Center at http://www.ibm.com/eserver/iseries/infocenter.
v Not all file systems support the DMP command. The following list of local file systems are supported:
– Root file system
– QOpenSys file system
– QSYS.LIB file system
– QDLS file system
– User-defined file systems
Top

Parameters
Keyword Description Choices Notes
OBJ Object Path name, * Optional,
Positional 1

Top

Object (OBJ)
Specifies the path name of the object to dump.
* If invoked from an interactive job, the Select Object menu is shown, listing all directories and files
in the job’s current directory. From this display, you can select an object to be dumped. You can
use the Change Current Directory (CHGCURDIR or CD or CHDIR) command to change the
current directory before running the DMP command.
path-name
Specifies the path name of the object to be dumped. If a pattern is specified on this parameter

© Copyright IBM Corp. 1998, 2004 211

 and more than one object matches the pattern, you can select the object from a list in an
interactive job. If this is a batch job, the command fails with an error message.
Top

Examples
Example 1: Dumping Stream File Contents
DMP OBJ(’/user/Test.stmf’)

This command dumps the contents of the stream file named /user/Test.stmf. The dump is spooled to the
printer output file QPSRVDMP.
Top

Error messages
*ESCAPE Messages
CPFA08E
More than one name matches pattern.
Top

212 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
Dump CL Program (DMPCLPGM)
Where allowed to run: Parameters
v Batch program (*BPGM) Examples
Error messages
v Interactive program (*IPGM)

Threadsafe: Yes

The Dump CL Program (DMPCLPGM) command dumps variables (used in the CL program in which the
command is processed) and all messages on the program’s message queue to a spooled printer file
(QPPGMDMP).

There are no parameters for this command.

Top

Parameters
None
Top

Examples
PGM
DCL . . .
DCL . . .
MONMSG MSGID(CPF9999) EXEC(GOTO DUMP)
:
RETURN
DUMP: DMPCLPGM
ENDPGM

This CL procedure monitors for the function check message CPF9999. If a function check occurs in the
procedure, control is passed to the command at label DUMP. This causes a dump of the program’s
message queue and causes the procedure’s variables to be printed. This dump can be used to determine
the cause of the function check.
Top

Error messages
*ESCAPE Messages
CPF0570
Unable to dump CL program &1 in &2.
Top

© Copyright IBM Corp. 1998, 2004 213

214 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
Dump Cluster Trace (DMPCLUTRC)
Where allowed to run: All environments (*ALL) Parameters
Threadsafe: No Examples
Error messages

The Dump Cluster Trace (DMPCLUTRC) command is used for problem analysis. It dumps cluster-related
trace and debug information to a file. The information is dumped locally on one or more cluster nodes,
for one or more cluster resource groups. Each cluster resource group that is dumped has a file member in
the file. The name of the file member is the name of the cluster resource group. The information dumped
is dependent on the particular cluster resource group. The amount of information dumped is determined
by the dump level. Only nodes that have an active Cluster Resource Services job for the specified cluster
resource group will have a dump output.

Restrictions:
1. To use this command, you must have either service (*SERVICE) special authority or be authorized to
the Service Trace function of the operating system through iSeries Navigator’s Application
Administration support.
2. You must also have use (*USE) authority to any cluster resource group object that is to be dumped
with this command.
3. The cluster must be at version 3 or greater for this command to work remotely (work on any node
other than the node issuing the command).
4. Cluster Resource Services must either be active or in the process of starting on the node that this
command is issued from.
5. Only nodes that have a job for the desired cluster resource group may particpate in this command.
6. To determine if this command succeeded, check the affected nodes for a dump file. If a file is not
there, then check the job log for the associated cluster job for messages.
Top

Parameters
Keyword Description Choices Notes
CLUSTER Cluster Name Required,
Positional 1
CRG Cluster resource group Name, *ALL Required,
Positional 2
NODE Node identifier Name, *ALL, *LOCAL Optional
LEVEL Level *BASIC, *ERROR, *INFO, *VERBOSE Optional
FILE Physical file Qualified object name Optional
Qualifier 1: Physical file Name, *NODE
Qualifier 2: Library Name, QGPL, *CURLIB
OVERWRITE Overwrite option *YES, *NO Optional

Top

© Copyright IBM Corp. 1998, 2004 215

Cluster (CLUSTER)
Specifies the cluster name for which information is to be dumped or printed.

This is a required parameter.

name Specify the name of the cluster.
Top

Cluster resource group (CRG)

Specifies the cluster resource group that is to be dumped.
*ALL All groups, including the reserved names QCSTCTL and QCSTCRGM.
name Specify the name of the cluster resource group to be dumped. The reserved names for the Cluster
Control and Cluster Resource Group Manager groups, QCSTCTL and QCSTCRGM, respectively,
may also be specified.

This is a required parameter.

Top

Node identifier (NODE)

Specifies the cluster node that is to be dumped.
*LOCAL
The local node, that is, the node this command is issued on.
*ALL All active nodes in the cluster.
name Specifies the name of the cluster node.
Top

Configuration object type (LEVEL)

Specifies the dump level. The amount and kind of information in each level is dependent on the
particular cluster resource group being dumped.
*BASIC
Specifies the basic level of dump information. This dumps information that is maintained
continuously as flight recorder information.
*ERROR
Specifies the error level of dump information. This dumps error information, and includes the
*BASIC level information.
*INFO
Specifies the informational level of dump information. This dumps completion and warning
information, and includes the *ERROR level.
*VERBOSE
Specifies the verbose level of dump information. This dumps detailed trace and debugging
information, and includes the *INFO level.
Top

216 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
Physical file (FILE)
Specifies the physical file that the dump is written to. The file is written on each node that the dump is
requested on in accordance with the OVERWRITE parameter. The same library name is used on all
nodes. If a file name is specified other than *NODE, then the file name will also be the same on all nodes.

Qualifier 1: Physical file

*NODE
The cluster node identifier is used as the file name. For example, if a cluster node identifier is
NODE1, then the file name is NODE1. If multiple nodes are being dumped, then each node will
have a different file name.
name Specify the name of the physical file. This name is used on all nodes.

Qualifier 2: Library
QGPL The file will be created in library QGPL.
*CURLIB
The current library of the job that is invoking this command is used. The library is determined
before a dump request is sent to any other node.
name Specify the name of the library that contains the physical file. The same library is used on all
specified nodes. No dump is taken on any node that does not have the library.
Top

Overwrite option (OVERWRITE)

Specifies whether the specified file will be overwritten or not. If the file exists, it will be deleted and
re-created. This parameter is checked on a per node basis. If *NO is specified along with multiple nodes,
then only those nodes that do not have the file will have dumps taken. A CPDBB07 message is sent to
the job log of every Cluster Resource Services job that participates in the dump that indicates success,
failure, or the file cannot be overwritten on the node.
*YES The specified file will be overwritten.
*NO The specified file will not be overwritten. If the file exists, no dump on the specified node occurs.
Top

Examples
Example 1: Dumping One Cluster Resource Group on One Node
DMPCLUTRC CLUSTER(EXAMPLE) CRG(CRG1) NODE(NODE1)

This command dumps cluster resource group CRG1 on the node NODE1 in cluster EXAMPLE. On
NODE1, a file is created with the name QGPL/NODE1. It has one member named CRG1.

Example 2: Dumping One Cluster Resource Group on All Nodes

DMPCLUTRC CLUSTER(EXAMPLE) CRG(CRG1) NODE(*ALL)
LEVEL(*ERROR) FILE(QGPL/*NODE) OVERWRITE(*NO)

This command dumps error information from cluster resource group CRG1 on all cluster nodes if the file
does not exist. Each node checks individually for the file already existing. The name of the file is
QGPL/node-identifier.

Dump Cluster Trace (DMPCLUTRC) 217

Example 3: Dumping All Cluster Resource Groups on All Nodes
DMPCLUTRC CLUSTER(EXAMPLE) CRG(*ALL) NODE(*ALL)
LEVEL(*INFO) FILE(MYLIB/DUMP) OVERWRITE(*YES)

This command dumps all cluster resource groups on all nodes. The library name is determined by the job
that invoked this command. If that library name is MYLIB, then each node has a file named
MYLIB/DUMP, with one file member per group dumped in addition to members for QCSTCTL and
QCSTCRGM. The file will be destroyed if it exists and re-created for the dump.
Top

Error messages
*ESCAPE Messages
CPF222E
&1 special authority is required.
CPF98A2
Not authorized to &1 command.
CPFBB02
Cluster &1 does not exist.
CPFBB09
Cluster node &1 does not exist in cluster &2.
CPFBB0F
Cluster resource group &1 does not exist in cluster &2.
CPFBB70
Request &1 not compatible with current cluster version.
CPFBBA0
Cluster node &1 in cluster resource group &2 is not responding.
Top

218 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
Dump Communications Trace (DMPCMNTRC)
Where allowed to run: All environments (*ALL) Parameters
Threadsafe: No Examples
Error messages

The Dump Communications Trace (DMPCMNTRC) command copies the unformatted trace data for the
specified line, network interface description, or network server description to a user-specified stream file.
The data in the stream file can be formatted at a later time, either on the current system or a different
system, by using the Print Communications Trace (PRTCMNTRC) command and specifying the
FROMSTMF parameter.

Restrictions:
v To use this command, you must have service (*SERVICE) special authority, or be authorized to the
Service Trace function of OS/400 through iSeries Navigator’s Application Administration support. The
Change Function Usage (CHGFCNUSG) command, with a function ID of QIBM_SERVICE_TRACE, can
also be used to change the list of users that are allowed to perform trace operations.
v The following user profiles have authority to this command:
– QSECOFR
– QSRV
Top

Parameters
Keyword Description Choices Notes
CFGOBJ Configuration object Name Required,
Positional 1
CFGTYPE Type *LIN, *NWI, *NWS Required,
Positional 2
TOSTMF To stream file Path name Required,
Positional 3
REPLACE Replace file *NO, *YES Optional

Top

Configuration object (CFGOBJ)

Specifies the configuration object that was traced. The object is either a line description, a network
interface description, or a network server description.
name Specify the name of the configuration object.
Top

Type (CFGTYPE)
Specifies the type of configuration description that was traced.
*LIN The configuration object is a line description.

© Copyright IBM Corp. 1998, 2004 219

*NWI The configuration object is a network interface description.
*NWS The configuration object is a network server description.
Top

To stream file (TOSTMF)

Specifies the stream file to which data is copied. All directories in the path name must exist. New
directories are not created. If the stream file does not exist, it is created.
path-name
Specify the path name for the stream file to be used.
Top

Replace file (REPLACE)

Specifies whether the dump operation replaces or fails to copy the records to a stream file if a stream file
with the specified name already exists. If the stream file does not exist, it is created.
*NO No records are copied and an error message is signalled if the file already exists.
*YES The trace data records replace the existing stream file records.
Top

Examples
DMPCMNTRC CFGOBJ(*QESLINE) CFGTYPE(*LIN)
TOSTMF(’/user/Test.stmf’) REPLACE(*YES)

This command dumps the communications trace of line description QESLINE to stream file /user/Test.stmf.
If this stream file already exists, it will be replaced.
Top

Error messages
*ESCAPE Messages
CPF2634
Not authorized to object &1.
CPF39AF
Trace is ending - please wait
CPF39A8
Not authorized to communications trace service tool
CPF39A9
Error occurred during communications trace function
CPF39B0
No communications traces exist.
CPF39B1
Trace &1 type &2 does not exist

220 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
CPF39B3
Trace &1 type &2 contains no data
CPF39B6
Communications trace function cannot be performed
CPF39B8
No SNA data found in trace &1 type &2
CPF3CF2
Error(s) occurred during running of &1 API.
CPF9845
Error occurred while opening file &1.
CPF9846
Error while processing file &1 in library &2.
CPF9847
Error occurred while closing file &1 in library &2.
CPF9872
Program or service program &1 in library &2 ended. Reason code &3.
CPFA0D4
File system error occurred. Error number &1.
Top

Dump Communications Trace (DMPCMNTRC) 221

222 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
Dump Document Library Object (DMPDLO)
Where allowed to run: All environments (*ALL) Parameters
Threadsafe: No Examples
Error messages

The Dump Document Library Object (DMPDLO) command is used primarily for problem analysis. It
copies the contents and attributes of folders, documents, or internal document library system objects to a
spooled printer file named QPSRVDMP. If the printed output is not spooled and the printer is not
available, the printer file (QPSRVDMP) is overridden.

Restrictions:
1. This command is shipped with public *EXCLUDE authority and the QPGMR, QSYSOPR, QSRV, and
QSRVBAS user profiles have private authorities to use the command.
2. The user must have read authority to a document or folder to dump it.
3. The user must have *ALLOBJ authority to dump internal system objects.
Top

Parameters
Keyword Description Choices Notes
DLO Document library object Character value, *SYSOBJNAM, *INT Required,
Positional 1
FLR In folder Character value, *NONE Optional,
Positional 2
SYSOBJNAM System object name Name Optional
SYSOBJATR System object attributes *NONE, *INTDOC, *DST Optional

Top

Document library object (DLO)

Specifies the document library object that is dumped.

This is a required parameter.

*SYSOBJNAM
The system object name of the document or folder specified on the System object name
(SYSOBJNAM) parameter is used to identify the folder or document that is dumped. This value
must be used to dump an internal or distribution document, or a document that is not in a folder.
*INT Internal document library system objects are dumped.
document-or-folder-name
Specify the name of the document or folder that is dumped.
Top

© Copyright IBM Corp. 1998, 2004 223

In folder (FLR)
Specifies the folder that contains the documents or folders. If the document or folder does not exist in a
folder, *NONE is specified.
*NONE
The object is not in a folder.
folder-name
Specify the qualified name of the folder containing the folder or document that is dumped.
Top

System object name (SYSOBJNAM)

Specifies the system object name of the document that is dumped. A system object name must be entered
on this parameter if *SYSOBJNAM is specified on the Document library object (DLO) parameter.
*NONE
The object dumped is not identified by its system object name.
system-object-name
Specify the system object name of the folder or document that is dumped.
Top

System object attributes (SYSOBJATR)

Specifies the attributes of the object that is dumped. A value other than *NONE may be entered on this
parameter only if *SYSOBJNAM is specified on the Document library object (DLO) parameter.
*NONE
No attributes are specified for the object.
*INTDOC
The object dumped is an internal document.
*DST The object dumped is a distribution document.
Top

Examples
Example 1: Dumping a Document
DMPDLO DLO(KAREN) FLR(PEGGY)

This command dumps a document or a folder named KAREN which is located in the folder named
PEGGY.

Example 2: Specifying a System Object Name

DMPDLO DLO(*SYSOBJNAM) SYSOBJNAM(BHZM052634)

This command dumps the document library object identified by the system object name BHZM052634.
Top

224 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
Error messages
*ESCAPE Messages
CPF8A43
Dump failed or partially failed for &2 of type &4 in folder path &1.
Top

Dump Document Library Object (DMPDLO) 225

226 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
Dump Job (DMPJOB)
Where allowed to run: All environments (*ALL) Parameters
Threadsafe: Yes Examples
Error messages

The Dump Job (DMPJOB) command dumps the basic data structures, or specific calls of the current job
or of the job being serviced as a result of the Start Service Job (STRSRVJOB) command. The information is
dumped to a spooled printer file (QPSRVDMP) to be printed. If the user had specified SPOOL(*NO) on
either the CHGPRTF command or the OVRPRTF command, then the output is not spooled but printed
directly; and, if the printer is not available, then this command overrides the print job and spools the
output. When the user specifies SPOOL(*NO) on one of the two commands above, the user must specify
QPSRVDMP as the printer file. The dump includes formatted information about the specified programs,
and dumps of specified operating system objects, system objects, and threads associated with the job.

Restrictions:
v This command is shipped with public *EXCLUDE authority.
v The following user profiles have private authorities to use the command:
– QPGMR
– QSYSOPR
– QSRV
– QSRVBAS
Top

Parameters
Keyword Description Choices Notes
PGM Program to dump Single values: *ALL, *NONE Optional
Other values (up to 10 repetitions): Element list
Element 1: Program Qualified object name
Qualifier 1: Program Name
Qualifier 2: Library Name, *ALL
Element 2: Call level Integer, *LAST, *FIRST, *ALL
JOBARA Job structure areas *ALL, *NONE Optional
ADROBJ Objects referenced by *YES, *NO Optional
address
JOBTHD Job threads *YES, *NO, *THDSTK Optional
SLTTHD Thread ID to include Single values: *ALL, *SELECT Optional
Other values (up to 20 repetitions): Hexadecimal value

Top

Program to dump (PGM)

Specifies which program to dump. Up to 10 programs can be specified.

Single values

© Copyright IBM Corp. 1998, 2004 227

*ALL All programs on the call stack are dumped.
*NONE
No programs are dumped. Only the lists of called and activated programs are dumped.

Element 1: Program

Qualifier 1: Program
name Specify the name of the called program to dump.

Qualifier 2: Library
*ALL Specifies that all libraries will be used to locate the specified program to dump. If *ALL is
specified, a call level (element 3) cannot be specified.
name Specify the name of the library to use to locate the program to dump.

Element 2: Call level

*LAST
The last (most recent) call with the program name specified is dumped.
*FIRST
The first (oldest) call with the program name specified is dumped.
*ALL All calls with the program name specified are dumped.
integer-number
Specify the call level for a program with multiple calls in the stack. If *ALL is specified for the
library name qualifier, the call level cannot be specified.
Top

Job structure areas (JOBARA)

Specifies that the job structure areas of the process are dumped. Job structure areas consist of the
following:
v Work Control Block
v Library Search List
v Job Temporary Library
v Job Local Data Area
v Spool Control Block
v Data Management Communications Queue
v Service Communication Object
v Process Definition Template
v Process Lock List
v Machine Interface (MI) Response Queue
*ALL The job structure areas are dumped.
*NONE
The job structure areas are not dumped.

228 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
 Top

Objects referenced by address (ADROBJ)

Specifies that objects addressed from the program storage of a program being dumped are also dumped.
If *NONE is specified on the Program to dump (PGM) parameter, no addressed objects are dumped.
*YES The addressed objects are dumped.
*NO The addressed objects are not dumped.
Top

Job threads (JOBTHD)

Specifies whether the list and information of the threads in the job is dumped.

Thread information consists of the following:

v For the thread running the DMPJOB command:
– Thread Control Block (TCB).
v For all the threads
– Thread ID
– Thread handler
– Thread execution status (hexadecimal value)
– Thread wait status (hexadecimal value)
– Thread stack
*YES The thread list and information is dumped.
*NO The thread list and information is not dumped.
*THDSTK
Only the thread call stack is dumped.
Top

Thread ID to include (SLTTHD)

Specifies a list of up to twenty threads in the job whose information is to be included. If *NO is specified
on the Job threads (JOBTHD) parameter, no threads are dumped.

Single values
*ALL All threads are dumped.
*SELECT
A list of thread identifiers is shown from which the user can select up to twenty to be included.

Other values
thread-identifier
Specify the identifiers of up to twenty threads whose information is to be included.
Top

Dump Job (DMPJOB) 229

Examples
Example 1: Dumping Programs
DMPJOB PGM((QGPL/UPDATE *FIRST) (PAYROLL/MASTER *ALL))
JOBARA(*ALL) ADROBJ(*NO)

This command dumps the first occurrence of QGPL/UPDATE in the call stack and all occurrences of
PAYROLL/MASTER. The job structure areas are dumped.

Example 2: Dumping Entire Job Structure

DMPJOB

This command dumps the entire job structure.

Example 3: Dumping Lists of Called and Activated Programs

DMPJOB PGM(*NONE) JOBARA(*NONE)

This command dumps the lists of programs called and activated.

Example 4: Dumping Job Thread List and Information

DMPJOB PGM(*NONE) JOBARA(*NONE) JOBTHD(*YES)

This command dumps the list of the job’s threads and their information.

Example 5: Dumping Only One Job Thread’s Information

DMPJOB PGM(*NONE) JOBARA(*NONE) JOBTHD(*YES)
SLTTHD(00000001)

This command dumps thread identifier 00000001 and its information.

Example 6: Dumping Only the Thread Call Stack

DMPJOB PGM(*NONE) JOBTHD(*THDSTK)

This command dumps only the job’s threads call stack.

Top

Error messages
*ESCAPE Messages
CPF3546
Program parameters specified were not found.
CPF3560
Job being serviced not running.
CPF3563
Overflow value for file &1 in &2 too large.
CPF3585
Library name *ALL and call level cannot be used together.
CPF3909
Service command will not be processed.
CPF3918
Service request canceled.

230 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
CPF3925
Cannot open file &1.
CPF3935
Job being serviced ended during dump.
CPF3950
Error message &2 received for file &1. Request ended.
CPF3951
File &1 cannot be overridden by file name &2.
CPF3967
Dump not started because serviced job not running.
CPF3968
Dump not started because serviced job completed running.
CPF3969
Error during close of file &1. Output may not be complete.
Top

Dump Job (DMPJOB) 231

232 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
Dump Job Internal (DMPJOBINT)
Where allowed to run: All environments (*ALL) Parameters
Threadsafe: No Examples
Error messages

The Dump Job Internal (DMPJOBINT) command dumps the machine internal data related to the machine
process of the current job or the job being serviced as a result of the Start Service Job (STRSRVJOB)
command. When the internal data is dumped, a dump identifier is sent in a message to the user who
sent the Dump Job Internal (DMPJOBINT) command. The Print Internal Data (PRTINTDTA) command
can be used to print the dump output.

Restriction:
v To use this command, you must be signed on as QPGMR, QSYSOPR, QSRV, or QSRVBAS, or have all
object (*ALLOBJ) special authority.

There are no parameters for this command.

Top

Parameters
None
Top

Examples
DMPJOBINT

This command dumps, for the job in which the command is entered, the machine internal data associated
with the job. A message with the dump identifier is sent to the user entering the command.
Top

Error messages
*ESCAPE Messages
CPF3560
Job being serviced not running.
CPF3636
Internal job not dumped.
CPF3909
Service command will not be processed.
CPF3918
Service request canceled.
CPF3935
Job being serviced ended during dump.

© Copyright IBM Corp. 1998, 2004 233

CPF3950
Error message &2 received for file &1. Request ended.
CPF3967
Dump not started because serviced job not running.
CPF3968
Dump not started because serviced job completed running.
Top

234 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
Dump Java Virtual Machine (DMPJVM)
Where allowed to run: All environments (*ALL) Parameters
Threadsafe: No Examples
Error messages

The Dump Java Virtual Machine (DMPJVM) command dumps information about the Java Virtual
Machine (JVM) for a specified job. The information is dumped using printer file QSYSPRT. The dump
includes formatted information about the classpath, garbage collection, and threads associated with the
JVM.

Restrictions:
v This command uses the STRSRVJOB and STRDBG commands. The user of this command must be
authorized to those commands.
v This command is shipped with public *EXCLUDE authority and the QPGMR, QSYSOPR, QSRV, and
QSRVBAS user profiles have private authorities to use the command.
v The issue of the command must be running under a user profile which is the same as the job user
identity of the JVM job, or which has use (*USE) authority to the job user identity of the JVM job.
v This command is not allowed if the remote service operation has been started for another job and that
job is not the same job specified on this command.
Top

Parameters
Keyword Description Choices Notes
JOB Job name Qualified job name Optional,
Positional 1
Qualifier 1: Job name Name
Qualifier 2: User Name
Qualifier 3: Number 000000-999999
STACKFRAME Stack frames 0000-9999, 10, *ALL Optional
DUPJOBOPT Duplicate job option *SELECT, *MSG Optional

Top

Job name (JOB)

Specifies the name of the job where the JVM is running. If no job number is given, all of the jobs
currently in the system are searched for the simple job name. The job name entered must be a job in
which a JVM is currently running.
*SRVJOB
Information about the JVM in the job currently being serviced will be dumped. If no job is
currently being serviced, then a job identifier is required.
job-name
Specify the name of the JVM job.
user-name
Specify the name of the user of the JVM job.

© Copyright IBM Corp. 1998, 2004 235

job-number
Specify the number of the JVM job.
Top

Stack frames (STACKFRAME)

Specifies the maximum number of stack frames to be processed for each thread. This value must be
greater than zero and cannot be greater than 100. If there are more than the specified number of frames
on a thread’s stack, the more recent frames on the stack are processed and ’...’ is used to indicate that not
all of the stack frames were processed.
10 A maximum of ten stack frames will be processed for each thread.
*ALL All stack frames will be processed for each thread. If a thread has more than 100 stack frames,
only the first 100 frames will be processed.
1-100 Specify the maximum number of stack frames that will be processed for each thread.
Top

Duplicate job option (DUPJOBOPT)

Specifies the action taken when duplicate jobs are found by this command.
*SELECT
The selection display is shown when duplicate jobs are found during an interactive session.
Otherwise, an escape message is issued.
*MSG An escape message is issued when duplicate jobs are found.
Top

Examples
DMPJVM JOB(099246/FRED/QJVACMDSRV)

This command will dump information for the Java Virtual Machine for the job with job name
QJVACMDSRV, user name FRED, and job number 099246.
Top

Error messages
*ESCAPE Messages
JVAB601
DMPJVM failed with reason code &1.
JVAB602
Job parameter required.
JVAB603
Unable to open print file.
JVAB60A
Job not found.

236 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
CPF1938
Command is not allowed while serviced job is not active.
CPF3524
More than one job with specified name found.
CPF3536
Job completed and cannot be serviced.
CPF3938
Already servicing another job.
CPF9824
Not authorized to command &1 in library &2.
Top

Dump Java Virtual Machine (DMPJVM) 237

238 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
Dump Object (DMPOBJ)
Where allowed to run: All environments (*ALL) Parameters
Threadsafe: No Examples
Error messages

The Dump Object (DMPOBJ) command dumps the contents or attributes of the specified operating
system object to a spooled printer file named QPSRVDMP. Whether the contents or attributes can be
dumped depends on the object type. If the user had specified SPOOL(*NO) on either the CHGPRTF
command or the OVRPRTF command, then the output is not spooled but printed directly; and, if the
printer is not available, then this command overrides the print job and spools the output. When the user
specifies SPOOL(*NO) on one of the two commands above, the user must specify QPSRVDMP as the
printer file. Any library or object that is stored in a library can be dumped, but only one object can be
specified at a time on this command.

Restrictions:
v To use this command, you must be signed on as QPGMR, QSYSOPR, QSRV, or QSRVBAS, or have all
object (*ALLOBJ) special authority.
Top

Parameters
Keyword Description Choices Notes
OBJ Object Qualified object name Required,
Positional 1
Qualifier 1: Object Name
Qualifier 2: Library Name, *LIBL, *CURLIB, QTEMP
OBJTYPE Object type *ALRTBL, *AUTL, *BNDDIR, *CFGL, *CHTFMT, *CLD, Required,
*CLS, *CMD, *CNNL, *COSD, *CRG, *CRQD, *CSI, Positional 2
*CSPMAP, *CSPTBL, *CTLD, *DEVD, *DIR, *DOC,
*DTAARA, *DTADCT, *DTAQ, *EDTD, *EXITRG, *FCT,
*FILE, *FLR, *FNTRSC, *FNTTBL, *FORMDF, *FTR, *GSS,
*IGCDCT, *IGCSRT, *IGCTBL, *IMGCLG, *IPXD, *JOBD,
*JOBQ, *JOBSCD, *JRN, *JRNRCV, *LIB, *LIND,
*LOCALE, *MEDDFN, *MENU, *MODD, *MGTCOL,
*MODULE, *MSGF, *MSGQ, *M36, *M36CFG, *NODL,
*NTBD, *NWID, *NWSD, *OUTQ, *OVL, *PAGDFN,
*PAGSEG, *PDFMAP, *PDG, *PGM, *PNLGRP, *PRDAVL,
*PRDDFN, *PRDLOD, *PSFCFG, *QMFORM, *QMQRY,
*QRYDFN, *RCT, *SBSD, *SCHIDX, *SPADCT, *SQLPKG,
*SQLUDT, *SRVPGM, *SSND, *SVRSTG, *S36, *TBL,
*TIMZON, *USRIDX, *USRPRF, *USRQ, *USRSPC,
*WSCST

Top

© Copyright IBM Corp. 1998, 2004 239

Object (OBJ)
Specifies the object to be dumped. Only objects that are stored in libraries can be dumped. The DMP
command can be used to dump objects stored in directories.

This is a required parameter.

Qualifier 1: Object
name Specify the name of the object to be dumped.

Qualifier 2: Library
*LIBL All libraries in the library list for the current thread are searched until the first match is found.
*CURLIB
The current library for the job is used to locate the object. If no current library entry exists in the
library list, QGPL is used.
name Specify the name of the library where the object is located.
Top

Object type (OBJTYPE)

Specifies the object type of the operating system object being dumped. Any one of the object types can be
specified.

This is a required parameter.

object-type
Specify the object type of the object to be dumped.
To see a complete list of object types when prompting this command, position the cursor on the
field for this parameter and press F4 (Prompt). For a description of the object types, see ″Object
types″ in the CL concepts and reference topic in the iSeries Information Center at
http://www.ibm.com/eserver/iseries/infocenter.
Top

Examples
Example 1: Dumping File Contents
DMPOBJ OBJ(ORDENT/ORDERIN) OBJTYPE(*FILE)

This command dumps the contents of the file named ORDERIN that is stored in the ORDENT library.

Example 2: Dumping a Program

DMPOBJ OBJ(MYPROG) OBJTYPE(*PGM)

This command dumps the first copy of the program MYPROG that is found in the library list. The dump
is spooled to the printer output file QPSRVDMP.
Top

240 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
Error messages
*ESCAPE Messages
CPF3560
Job being serviced not running.
CPF3561
Context &8 &9 &7 not found.
CPF3562
Object &7 not found.
CPF3673
Not authorized to library &7.
CPF3909
Service command will not be processed.
CPF3918
Service request canceled.
CPF3925
Cannot open file &1.
CPF3935
Job being serviced ended during dump.
CPF3946
Context damaged.
CPF3947
Library &7 not available.
CPF3948
Library &3 previously deleted.
CPF3949
Library &7 damaged.
CPF3950
Error message &2 received for file &1. Request ended.
CPF3951
File &1 cannot be overridden by file name &2.
CPF3967
Dump not started because serviced job not running.
CPF3968
Dump not started because serviced job completed running.
CPF3969
Error during close of file &1. Output may not be complete.
Top

Dump Object (DMPOBJ) 241

242 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
Dump System Object (DMPSYSOBJ)
Where allowed to run: All environments (*ALL) Parameters
Threadsafe: No Examples
Error messages

The Dump System Object (DMPSYSOBJ) command is used primarily for various problem analysis tasks.
It dumps the contents or attributes of machine interface (MI) system objects to a spooled printer file
named QPSRVDMP. Any MI object that is stored in any context or that is addressable through an object
stored in a context can be dumped.

Restrictions:
v To use this command, you must be signed on as QPGMR, QSYSOPR, QSRV, or QSRVBAS, or have all
object (*ALLOBJ) special authority.
Top

Parameters
Keyword Description Choices Notes
OBJ Object Character value, *PCS, *MCHCTX, *ALL Optional,
Positional 1
CONTEXT Context or library Name, *NONE, *MCHCTX Optional,
Positional 2
TYPE Internal object type *ALL, 01, 02, 03, 04, 07, 08, 09, 0A, 0B, 0C, 0D, 0E, 0F, 10, Optional,
11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 18, 19, 1A, 1B, 1C Positional 3
SUBTYPE Internal object subtype Character value, *ALL Optional,
Positional 4
OBJTYPE Object type *ALL, *ALRTBL, *AUTL, *BNDDIR, *CFGL, *CHTFMT, Optional,
*CLD, *CLS, *CMD, *CNNL, *COSD, *CRG, *CRQD, *CSI, Positional 5
*CSPMAP, *CSPTBL, *CTLD, *DEVD, *DIR, *DOC,
*DTAARA, *DTADCT, *DTAQ, *EDTD, *EXITRG, *FCT,
*FILE, *FLR, *FNTRSC, *FNTTBL, *FORMDF, *FTR, *GSS,
*IGCDCT, *IGCSRT, *IGCTBL, *IMGCLG, *IPXD, *JOBD,
*JOBQ, *JOBSCD, *JRN, *JRNRCV, *LIB, *LIND,
*LOCALE, *MEDDFN, *MENU, *MODD, *MGTCOL,
*MODULE, *MSGF, *MSGQ, *M36, *M36CFG, *NODL,
*NTBD, *NWID, *NWSD, *OUTQ, *OVL, *PAGDFN,
*PAGSEG, *PDFMAP, *PDG, *PGM, *PNLGRP, *PRDAVL,
*PRDDFN, *PRDLOD, *PSFCFG, *QMFORM, *QMQRY,
*QRYDFN, *RCT, *SBSD, *SCHIDX, *SPADCT, *SQLPKG,
*SQLUDT, *SRVPGM, *SSND, *SVRSTG, *S36, *TBL,
*TIMZON, *USRIDX, *USRPRF, *USRQ, *USRSPC,
*WSCST
OFFSET Hexadecimal offsets Single values: *NONE Optional
Other values (up to 50 repetitions): X’00000000’-
X’00FFFFFF’
SPACE Area of space to dump Single values: * Optional
Other values: Element list
Element 1: Hexadecimal X’00000000’-X’00FFFFFF’
offset
Element 2: Hexadecimal X’00000001’-X’00FFFFFF’, *
length or *

© Copyright IBM Corp. 1998, 2004 243

 Top

Object (OBJ)
Specifies which of the system objects are to be dumped. The name of a specific object, the generic name
of a group of objects, the process control space of the job, the machine context, or all of the objects in a
context can be specified. If a library name is specified, the library is dumped, but not the objects in it. If
QTEMP is specified here along with either *LIB on the Object type (OBJTYPE) parameter, or 04 on the
Internal object type (TYPE) parameter and 01 on the Internal object subtype (SUBTYPE) parameter,
then the temporary job context associated with the job that this command is entered from, or the job
being serviced as a result of the Start Service Job (STRSRVJOB) command, is dumped. In either case, the
Context or library (CONTEXT) parameter value is ignored.
*PCS The process control space of the current job or that of the job being serviced as a result of the
Start Service Job (STRSRVJOB) command is dumped. *PCS specified here can be used with the
Hexadecimal offsets (OFFSET) parameter and the Area of space to dump (SPACE) parameter to
dump objects in the job structure. If *PCS is specified, the following parameters are ignored:
v Object type (OBJTYPE parameter).
v Internal object subtype (SUBTYPE parameter).
v Internal object type (TYPE parameter).
v Context or library (CONTEXT parameter).
*MCHCTX
The machine context (which contains a list of the objects in the context) is dumped. If *MCHCTX
is specified here, all the other parameters in this command are ignored.
*ALL All the system objects in the specified context are dumped if they match the requirements
specified on either the OBJTYPE parameter or the TYPE and SUBTYPE parameters.
generic-name
Specify the generic object name that identifies the group of system objects to dump. An object
name can have as many as 30 characters in it.
name Specify the name of the object that is to be dumped. A maximum of 30 characters can be entered.
If more than one object has the same name, all objects having that name and matching the
attributes specified are dumped.
If a specific object is being dumped, values should be specified for on one of the following
groups of parameters:
v CONTEXT, TYPE, and SUBTYPE
v CONTEXT and OBJTYPE
Top

Context or library (CONTEXT)

Specifies in which context or library the objects to be dumped are located.
*NONE
The object specified on the Object (OBJ) parameter is not in any context. *NONE is valid only if
*PCS or *MCHCTX is specified or defaulted for the OBJ parameter, or if QTEMP is specified on
the OBJ along with either *LIB for the OBJTYPE parameter, or 04 for the TYPE parameter and 01
for the SUBTYPE parameter.
*MCHCTX
The objects to dump are in the machine context. The following operating system object types,
whose system object names are given in parentheses, can reside only in the machine context:

244 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
 library (context), user profile, device description, line description, network interface description,
and controller description. *MCHCTX is valid only if one of these five object types is dumped.
name Specify the name of the context containing the objects being dumped. The name of a library, such
as QGPL or QTEMP, can be specified. If QTEMP is specified, the objects to dump are in the
temporary job context associated with the job that this command is entered from or the job being
serviced as a result of the Start Service Job (STRSRVJOB) command.
Top

Internal object type (TYPE)

Specifies the type of MI objects to dump.
*ALL All object types in the specified context that have the specified name (if used) are dumped.
MI-system-object-type-in-hex
Specify the hexadecimal value that specifies the type of system objects to dump. The value must
be specified with both characters, but it does not have to be enclosed in apostrophes.
Top

Internal object subtype (SUBTYPE)

Specifies the subtype of the specified MI objects to dump, or specifies that all subtypes are being
dumped. This parameter is valid only if the Internal object type (TYPE) parameter is also specified.
*ALL All the sub-types of the specified objects are dumped.
MI-system-object-subtype-in-hex
Specify the specific subtype of the system objects to dump. The subtypes are in the range of 00
through FF. However, the subtype specified must be for an MI object actually in the specified
context. If *ALL is specified on the TYPE parameter, a specific subtype cannot be specified.
Top

Object type (OBJTYPE)

Specifies the object type of the operating system objects to have their associated MI system objects
dumped. If an object type is specified, values cannot be specified on either the Internal object type
(TYPE) parameter or the Internal object subtype (SUBTYPE) parameter.
*ALL The specified MI objects of all operating system object types are dumped.
operating-system-object-type
Specify the OS/400 object type for the objects to be dumped.
To see a complete list of object types when prompting this command, position the cursor on the
field for this parameter and press F4 (Prompt). For a description of the object types, see ″Object
types″ in the CL concepts and reference topic in the iSeries Information Center at
http://www.ibm.com/eserver/iseries/infocenter.
Top

Dump System Object (DMPSYSOBJ) 245

Hexadecimal offsets (OFFSET)
Specifies a list of values to use as offsets to indirectly address a single object that is being dumped. The
values must be positive hexadecimal values or zeros that, when added to a pointer, result in valid
addresses. If an offset of zero is added to a system pointer, the result is a pointer to the start of the space
associated with the object that is addressed by the system pointer.

Single values
*NONE
No offset is specified. The object located through the context is dumped.

Other values
X’00000000’-X’00FFFFFF’
Specify the list of offsets to pointers to use to address the object or space to dump. A maximum
of 50 offset values can be specified.
Top

Area of space to dump (SPACE)

Specifies the area of a space or associated space to be dumped. The space is pointed to by the final
pointer determined by the Hexadecimal offsets (OFFSET) parameter. If no value is specified for the
OFFSET parameter, the final pointer is a system pointer to the specified object in the context.

Single values
* If the final pointer is a system pointer, the object pointed to by that pointer is dumped. If the
final pointer is a space pointer, the portion of the space that starts at the location pointed to by
that pointer is dumped.

Element 1: Hexadecimal offset

X’00000000’-X’00FFFFFF’
Specify the value to add to the final pointer to point to the beginning of the area to dump. The
value specified must be a positive hexadecimal value or zero and, when added to the final
pointer, must result in a valid address.

Element 2: Hexadecimal length or *

* The rest of the space pointed to as a result of the offset value is being dumped.
X’00000000’-X’00FFFFFF’
Specify a positive hexadecimal value that specifies the length of the area to dump. If the length
specified is greater than the actual length of the space, only the actual space available is dumped.
Top

Examples
Example 1: Dumping Indexes
DMPSYSOBJ CONTEXT(QTEMP) TYPE(0E)

This command dumps the contents and attributes of all the indexes in the temporary job context to a
spooled file for printing. MI indexes are identified by the type code 0E.

Example 2: Dumping a Device Description

246 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
DMPSYSOBJ OBJ(WS1) CONTEXT(*MCHCTX) OBJTYPE(*DEVD)

This command dumps the device description for work station WS1, which is stored in the machine
context.

Example 3: Dumping Process Control Space

DMPSYSOBJ OBJ(*PCS) SPACE(0 2A0)

This command dumps the work control block from the space associated with the process control space
for the job.

Example 4: Specifying Offset Values

DMPSYSOBJ OBJ(*PCS) OFFSET(60 E0 10 10) SPACE(0 20)

This command dumps the second call entry of the process automatic storage area (offset 60 E0) for a
length of 32 bytes (SPACE(0 20)). If the third call level is dumped, OFFSET(60 E0 10 10 10) is specified.
Top

Error messages
*ESCAPE Messages
CPF3502
No objects printed because no objects found.
CPF3508
SUBTYPE (&5) value is not permitted.
CPF3523
Starting offset &8 greater than size of space.
CPF3534
Not authorized to object.
CPF3537
Object &2 is damaged.
CPF3538
Cannot allocate object.
CPF3539
Object destroyed while being dumped.
CPF3560
Job being serviced not running.
CPF3561
Context &8 &9 &7 not found.
CPF3562
Object &7 not found.
CPF3563
Overflow value for file &1 in &2 too large.
CPF3566
No objects dumped because no objects found.
CPF3577
Data object &7 not found.

Dump System Object (DMPSYSOBJ) 247

CPF3578
Base data object &7 not found.
CPF3642
Address of chain pointer &7 not permitted.
CPF3643
Address for chain pointer &7 not 16-byte aligned.
CPF3644
Base object &7 has no associated space.
CPF3645
Not authorized to base object &7.
CPF3646
Base object &2 is damaged.
CPF3647
Base object &8 or previous base object destroyed.
CPF3648
Base object &2 data area not found.
CPF3649
Chaining pointer &7 does not exist at location specified.
CPF3650
Chaining pointer &7 is instruction pointer.
CPF3651
Offset too large for base object &7.
CPF3652
Offset to last chaining pointer too large.
CPF3653
Location for last chaining pointer not 16-byte aligned.
CPF3654
Object &2 is damaged.
CPF3655
Last base object or final object previously deleted.
CPF3656
Base object &2 data area not found.
CPF3663
Base object number &7 not found.
CPF3664
Object &2 has no associated space.
CPF3665
Not authorized to dump object &2.
CPF3666
Object &2 is damaged.
CPF3667
Object to be dumped was destroyed.
CPF3668
Object &2 data area not found.

248 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
CPF3669
Final pointer does not exist at specified location.
CPF3670
Final pointer is instruction pointer.
CPF3671
Starting offset &8 too large.
CPF3672
Object specified by final pointer not found.
CPF3673
Not authorized to library &7.
CPF3909
Service command will not be processed.
CPF3913
Context &7 previously deleted.
CPF3914
Context &7 data area not found.
CPF3915
Context &7 damaged.
CPF3916
Context &7 not available.
CPF3918
Service request canceled.
CPF3925
Cannot open file &1.
CPF3935
Job being serviced ended during dump.
CPF3941
CONTEXT(*MCHCTX) and TYPE(&4) cannot be used together.
CPF3942
CONTEXT(*MCHCTX) and OBJTYPE(*&6) cannot be used together.
CPF3946
Context damaged.
CPF3947
Library &7 not available.
CPF3948
Library &3 previously deleted.
CPF3949
Library &7 damaged.
CPF3950
Error message &2 received for file &1. Request ended.
CPF3951
File &1 cannot be overridden by file name &2.
CPF3967
Dump not started because serviced job not running.

Dump System Object (DMPSYSOBJ) 249

CPF3968
Dump not started because serviced job completed running.
CPF3969
Error during close of file &1. Output may not be complete.
Top

250 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
Dump Tape (DMPTAP)
Where allowed to run: All environments (*ALL) Parameters
Threadsafe: No Examples
Error messages

The DMPTAP (Dump Tape) command dumps label information or data blocks (or both) from
standard-labeled tapes or tapes with no labels to a spooled printer file named QPTAPDMP. This
command allows the user to dump one or more data files from the tape volume, writing the information
to a printer file.

The tape volume being dumped must be on the specified device. After the DMPTAP command is
entered, as much of the tape as necessary is read before the requested information is printed.

Data files on secured tapes can be dumped by the security officer only; any user can dump label
information on secured tapes.

When the default values for the parameters of the DMPTAP command are used, the tape label areas and
a minimal amount of data from the first file are printed. This command can help determine the record
format of a data file on a tape with no label, or it can determine the exact contents of all label
information for a labeled data file.
Top

Parameters
Keyword Description Choices Notes
DEV Tape device Name Required,
Positional 1
VOL Volume identifier Character value, *MOUNTED Optional,
Positional 2
SEQNBR Range of sequence numbers Single values: *ALL, *SEARCH Optional,
Other values: Element list Positional 3
Element 1: Starting file 1-16777215, *FIRST
sequence number
Element 2: Ending file 1-16777215, *ONLY, *LAST
sequence number
LABEL File label Character value, *NONE Optional,
Positional 4
TYPE Data file information to Single values: *BASIC, *ALL, *NONE, *HEX Optional
dump Other values (up to 3 repetitions): *HDRLBL, *DTABLK,
*TLRLBL
DTABLK Data blocks to dump Single values: *ALL, *LAST Optional
Other values: Element list
Element 1: Starting data 1-2147483647, *FIRST
block number
Element 2: Ending data 1-2147483647, *ONLY, *LAST
block number
VOLLBL Dump volume label *YES, *NO Optional
CODE Code *EBCDIC, *ASCII Optional
ENDOPT End of tape option *REWIND, *LEAVE, *UNLOAD Optional

© Copyright IBM Corp. 1998, 2004 251

 Top

Device (DEV)
Specifies the name of the tape device in which the volume being dumped is placed. The volume may or
may not be labeled. Specify the name of the tape or media library device.

This is a required parameter.

Top

Volume identifier (VOL)

Specifies the volume identifier of the labeled tape being dumped, or indicates that the tape volume in the
specified tape drive is dumped.

Note: If the device specified is a media library device, then the volume specified should be the cartridge
identifier to be mounted and used.
*MOUNTED
The volume on the specified device is dumped. The volume may or may not be labeled. For a
volume that is not labeled, *MOUNTED must be specified for the VOL parameter and *NONE
must be specified for the File label (LABEL) parameter. For a media library device, the volume to
be used is the next cartridge in the category mounted by the Set Tape Category (SETTAPCGY)
command.
volume-identifier
Specify the identifier of the labeled volume being dumped. This value can be specified only for
dumping a labeled volume. If the tape on the specified device has a different volume identifier
than the one specified here, or if it is not labeled, an error message is sent to the user of the
Dump Tape (DMPTAP) command and the tape is not dumped.
Top

Range of sequence numbers (SEQNBR)

Specifies the range of sequence numbers for the data files that are dumped. Note that the data files
dumped may be further restricted by using the File label (LABEL) parameter.
*FIRST
The range of data files being dumped starts with the first file on the tape volume (regardless of
its sequence number).
start-file-sequence-number
The range of data files being dumped starts with the data file with the specified sequence
number. Specify a number that is less than or equal to the end-file-sequence-number value. Valid
values range from 1 through 16777215.
Note: If either *FIRST or start-file-sequence-number is specified, then one of the following three
values is also specified as an ending value.
*ONLY
Only a single data file (specified by the start-file-sequence-number) is dumped.
*LAST
The range of data files being dumped begins with the start-file-sequence-number data file and
ends with the last data file on the reel.

252 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
end-file-sequence-number
The range of data files being dumped ends with the specified sequence number data file. Specify
a number that is greater than or equal to the start-file-sequence-number. Valid values range from
1 through 16777215.
*ALL All data files on the volume that are placed in the specified device are dumped.
*SEARCH
A search is made for a data file that has an identifier that matches the value for the File label
(LABEL) parameter. If *SEARCH is specified, the volume must be labeled and a file label must be
specified for the LABEL parameter. An escape message is sent if the file is not found.
Top

File label (LABEL)

Specifies the identifier of the specific data files that are dumped. The file identifier for a tape data file is
stored on labels ahead of and following the data in the file.
*NONE
All data files on the volume in the specified SEQNBR range are dumped. For a volume that is
not labeled, *MOUNTED must be specified for the Volume identifier (VOL) parameter and
*NONE must be specified for the LABEL parameter.
data-file-identifier
Specify the data file identifier of the data files being dumped. The system compares this identifier
with the data file identifier on the labels of each file in the range specified by the Range of
sequence numbers (SEQNBR) parameter. All data files with an identifier that matches this data
file identifier are dumped; any data file with an identifier that does not match this identifier is
not dumped.
generic*-file-identifier
Specifies a character string for a generic file identifier, which contains one or more characters
followed by an asterisk (*). Any tape file that has a file identifier with the same prefix as the
generic file identifier is dumped.
Top

Data file information to dump (TYPE)

Specifies the type of information being dumped. The dump output may consist of the data file header
labels or trailer labels, data blocks from the data portion of the file, or all three types of information. If a
tape volume that is placed in the device is not labeled, only the values *BASIC, *ALL, *HEX, or *DTABLK
can be specified for this parameter; otherwise, an error message is sent to the user of the command and
the volume is not dumped.
*BASIC
For a standard-labeled volume, the information dumped includes header labels and the data
blocks specified by the Data blocks to dump (DTABLK) parameter. For a volume that is not
labeled, only the data blocks are dumped.
*ALL For a standard-labeled volume, the dump includes header labels, trailer labels, and data blocks.
For a volume that is not labeled, a value of *ALL dumps only data blocks.
*NONE
No data file is dumped. If *NONE is specified, the tape volume being dumped must be labeled,
and *YES must be specified for the Dump volume label (VOLLBL) parameter; otherwise, an
error message is sent to the user of the Dump Tape (DMPTAP) command.

Dump Tape (DMPTAP) 253

*HEX For a standard-labeled volume, the data is dumped as if the volume is a non-labeled tape. The
header labels, data blocks, and trailer labels for a standard labeled file will appear to be three
separate non-labeled tape files. For a non-labeled volume, the data is dumped the same as if
*DTABLK is specified.
*HDRLBL
The data file header labels are dumped. All header labels for the specified data files are dumped,
including user-specified header labels. *HDRLBL is not valid for volumes that are not labeled.
*DTABLK
One or more data blocks from the file data are dumped. The blocks in the data file that are
dumped are specified by the Data blocks to dump (DTABLK) parameter.
*TLRLBL
All data file trailer labels are dumped. All the trailer labels for the specified data files are
dumped, including user-specified trailer labels. *TLRLBL is not valid for volumes that are not
labeled.
Top

Data blocks to dump (DTABLK)

Specifies which data blocks are dumped. This parameter is used to limit the amount of tape file data
dumped to the printer. If neither *BASIC nor *ALL is specified for the Data file information to dump
(TYPE) parameter, and the TYPE parameter also does not include *DTABLK, this parameter is ignored.
*FIRST
The data blocks being dumped start with the first block in the data file.
start-data-block
Specify the number of the first data block in each file that is dumped. If this number is greater
than the number specified here for the end-data-block portion, an error message is sent to the
user who requested the dump, and the tape is not dumped. If the start-data-block value is larger
than the actual number of data blocks in the data file, then the last data block in the file is
dumped (with no error messages).
Note: If either *FIRST or start-data-block is specified, one of the following three values is also
specified as an ending value.
*ONLY
Only the data block specified by either *FIRST or start-data-block is dumped.
*LAST
The range of data blocks that are dumped starts with the data block specified by the
start-data-block value and goes to the last block in the file.
end-data-block
Specify the number of the last data block in each file to dump. If this number is less than the
number specified for start-data-block, an error message is sent to the user who requested the
dump, and the tape is not dumped. If the end-data-block value is larger than the actual number
of data blocks in the data file, all blocks from the start-block number to the end of the file are
dumped (with no error messages).
*ALL All data blocks in the specified data files on this volume are dumped. If a data file is continued
from another volume or continues to another volume, only the part of the data file that is stored
on this volume is dumped.
*LAST
Only the last data block in the data file is dumped.
Top

254 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
Dump volume label (VOLLBL)
Specifies whether volume labels are dumped. This parameter is ignored for volumes that are not labeled
or when *HEX is specified for the Data file information to dump (TYPE) parameter for a standard
labeled tape.
*YES All volume labels (including user-specified labels) are dumped.
*NO No volume labels are dumped; the volume listing does, however, include the volume identifier of
a labeled volume and other basic information for any dumped tape.
Top

Code (CODE)
Specifies the type of character code used for the data recorded on the tape. For a labeled volume, this
parameter is ignored because the tape labels determine whether the data is recorded in EBCDIC or ASCII
character code.
*EBCDIC
The tape contains data in the EBCDIC character code. The dump output contains the hexadecimal
value and the EBCDIC character equivalent of each data byte.
*ASCII
The ASCII character code is used.
Top

End of tape option (ENDOPT)

Specifies whether the tape is rewound only or rewound and unloaded after the operation ends.
*REWIND
The tape is automatically rewound, but not unloaded, after the operation has ended.
*LEAVE
The tape does not rewind or unload after the operation ends. It remains at the current position on
the tape drive.
*UNLOAD
The tape is automatically rewound and unloaded after the operation ends.
Top

Examples
DMPTAP DEV(QTAPE2) SEQNBR(5) TYPE(*DTABLK) DTABLK(3 7)

This command dumps information from the tape volume that is on device QTAPE2. Data blocks 3
through 7 within the data file specified by sequence number 5 are dumped to a printer file.
Top

Error messages
*ESCAPE Messages

Dump Tape (DMPTAP) 255

CPF6708
Command ended due to error.
CPF6718
Cannot allocate device &1.
CPF6720
Incorrect volume &2 found on device &1.
CPF6721
Device &1 not a tape device.
CPF6723
File not found on volume &2 on device &1.
CPF6724
File label &5 not found on volume &2.
CPF6725
Ending file sequence number less than starting sequence number.
CPF6726
Ending data block less than starting block.
CPF6727
Dump type not allowed for nonlabeled volume on device &1.
CPF6728
LABEL(*NONE) or CRTDATE(*NONE) required.
CPF6729
No authority to file data on volume &2 device &1.
CPF6730
Cannot access file sequence number &5.
CPF6731
File label &5 not found on volume &2.
CPF6745
Device &1 not a media library device.
CPF6751
Load failure occurred on device &4.
CPF6760
Device &1 not ready.
CPF6772
Volume on device &1 cannot be processed.
CPF9814
Device &1 not found.
CPF9825
Not authorized to device &1.
CPF9845
Error occurred while opening file &1.
CPF9846
Error while processing file &1 in library &2.
CPF9847
Error occurred while closing file &1 in library &2.

256 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
CPF9850
Override of printer file &1 not allowed.
Top

Dump Tape (DMPTAP) 257

258 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
Dump Trace (DMPTRC)
Where allowed to run: All environments (*ALL) Parameters
Threadsafe: No Examples
Error messages

The Dump Trace (DMPTRC) command copies data from the vertical microcode (VMC) trace table to a
database file. You can run the job interactively or submit it as a batch job. (Batch jobs will run under the
submitter’s job description and user profile.)

Restrictions:
v This command is shipped with public *EXCLUDE authority.
v To use this command you must have *SERVICE special authority, or be authorized to the Service Trace
function of Operating System/400 through iSeries Navigator’s Application Administration support. The
Change Function Usage (CHGFCNUSG) CL command or the Change Function Usage Information
(QSYCHFUI) API, with a function ID of QIBM_SERVICE_TRACE, can also be used to change the list of
users that are allowed to perform trace operations.
v The following user profiles have authority to this command:
– QSRV
– QPGMR
Top

Parameters
Keyword Description Choices Notes
MBR Member Name Required,
Positional 1
LIB Library Name, QPFRDATA Optional
JOBQ Job queue Single values: *NONE Optional
Other values: Qualified object name
Qualifier 1: Job queue Name, QCTL
Qualifier 2: Library Name, QSYS, *LIBL, *CURLIB
TEXT Text ’description’ Character value, *BLANK Optional

Top

Member (MBR)
Specifies the member of the database file in which the trace table data is to be dumped.

This is a required parameter.

name Specify the name of the database file member to be used.
Top

© Copyright IBM Corp. 1998, 2004 259

Library (LIB)
Specifies the library where the database file for trace data is located. If the file is not found in the
specified library, the system automatically creates it in that library.
QPFRDATA
IBM-supplied performance data library QPFRDATA is to be used.
name Specify the name of the library to be used.
Top

Job queue (JOBQ)

Specifies the job queue to be used if you want this Dump Trace (DMPTRC) command to run as a batch
job.

Single values
*NONE
No job is submitted. The DMPTRC request runs interactively.

Qualifier 1: Job queue

QCTL Job queue QCTL is to be used.
name Specify the name of the job queue to be used.

Qualifier 2: Library
QSYS The IBM-supplied system library, QSYS, is used to locate the job queue.
*LIBL All libraries in the library list for the current job are searched until the first match is found.
*CURLIB
The current library for the job is searched. If no library is specified as the current library for the
job, the QGPL library is used.
name Specify the name of the library to be searched.
Top

Text ’description’ (TEXT)

Specifies the text that briefly describes the database member.
*BLANK
No text is specified.
character-value
Specify no more than 50 characters of text, enclosed in apostrophes.
Top

Examples
DMPTRC MBR(TUESAM)

260 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
This command causes existing VMC trace data to be written to the member TUESAM in library
QPFRDATA. The file used is QAPMDMPT. The request is submitted to the job queue QCTL in library
QSYS. It runs as a batch job.
Top

Error messages
*ESCAPE Messages
CPF0A81
Performance trace cannot be sent to database file.
CPF0A82
Performance trace cannot be sent to database file.
CPF2110
Library &1 not found.
CPF3307
Job queue &1 in &2 not found.
CPF7207
Not able to start &2. Return code &3.
Top

Dump Trace (DMPTRC) 261

262 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
Dump User Trace (DMPUSRTRC)
Where allowed to run: All environments (*ALL) Parameters
Threadsafe: No Examples
Error messages

The Dump User Trace Buffer (DMPUSRTRC) command formats trace records in the user trace buffer for
the specified job. The formatted trace records can be written to a database file or to the stdout special file.

Trace records are written to a user trace buffer using the Qp0zUprintf, Qp0zDump, Qp0zDumpStack, and
Qp0zDumpTargetStack APIs. Refer to the System API Reference information in the iSeries Information
Center at http://www.ibm.com/eserver/iseries/infocenter, OS/400 UNIX-type APIs for more
information on the Problem Determination APIs.
Top

Parameters
Keyword Description Choices Notes
JOB Job name Single values: * Optional,
Other values: Qualified job name Positional 1
Qualifier 1: Job name Name
Qualifier 2: User Name
Qualifier 3: Number 000000-999999
TRCRCID Trace record identifiers Values (up to 2 repetitions): *THD, *JOB Optional
OUTPUT Output *FILE, *STDOUT Optional
SLTTHD Thread IDs to include Single values: *ALL Optional
Other values (up to 8 repetitions): Hexadecimal value
OMTTHD Thread IDs to exclude Single values: *NONE Optional
Other values (up to 8 repetitions): Hexadecimal value

Top

Job name (JOB)

Specifies the job for which the user trace buffer is being dumped.

The possible values are:

* The user trace buffer for the job that the command is running in is dumped.
job-name
Specify the name of the job whose user trace buffer is being dumped. If no user name or job
number qualifier is given, all of the jobs currently in the system are searched for the simple job
name. If duplicates of the specified name are found, a qualified job name must be specified.
user-name
Specify the name of the user of the job whose user trace buffer is being dumped.
job-number
Specify the six-digit number of the job whose user trace buffer is being dumped.

© Copyright IBM Corp. 1998, 2004 263

 Top

Trace record identifiers (TRCRCID)

Specifies the record identifiers to be used in the formatted tracepoint records. Up to two identifiers can be
specified.

The possible values are:

*THD Thread identifiers are used. Each identifier contains eight hexadecimal digits.
*JOB Job identifiers are used. Each identifier contains the six-digit job number portion of the qualified
job name.
Top

Output (OUTPUT)
Specifies where the output from the command is directed to.

The possible values are:

*FILE The output is written to member QP0Znnnnnn in database file QAP0ZDMP in library QTEMP
where ’nnnnnn’ is the six-digit job number portion of the qualified job name.
*STDOUT
The output is written to the stdout special file.
Top

Thread IDs to include (SLTTHD)

Specifies a list of up to eight threads whose trace records are to be included. Only trace records for
threads with the specified thread identifiers are included.

Note: This parameter and the OMTTHD parameter are mutually exclusive.

The possible values are:

*ALL All trace records are included, unless excluded by another selection value.
thread-identifier
Specify the thread identifiers of up to eight threads whose trace records are to be included.
Top

Thread IDs to exclude (OMTTHD)

Specifies a list of up to eight threads whose trace records are to be excluded. Trace records for all threads
except those specified are included.

Note: This parameter and the SLTTHD parameter are mutually exclusive.

The possible values are:

*NONE
No trace records are excluded based on their thread identifier.

264 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
thread-identifier
Specify the thread identifiers of up to eight threads whose trace records are to be excluded.
Top

Examples
Example 1: Dumping the Current User Trace Information
DMPUSRTRC

This command formats the user trace information for the current job and writes the formatted trace
records to file QAP0ZDMP in library QTEMP.

Example 2: Dumping a Trace for a Specific Job

DMPUSRTRC JOB(004842/ACCT/WS6) OUTPUT(*STDOUT)

This command formats the user trace information for job WS6, which is associated with the user profile
ACCT, and has the job number 004842, writing the formatted trace records to the stdout special file.
Top

Error messages
*ESCAPE Messages
CPFA98B
The User Trace buffer associated with job &3/&2/&1 could not be dumped.
CPFA98C
Job &3/&2/&1 not unique.
Top

Dump User Trace (DMPUSRTRC) 265

266 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
Do Group (DO)
Where allowed to run: Parameters
v Batch program (*BPGM) Examples
Error messages
v Interactive program (*IPGM)

Threadsafe: Yes

The Do (DO) command allows you to group commands within a CL procedure; it is used with the
ENDDO command to identify a group of commands that are processed together as a group. Usually, the
DO command specifies the starting of a group of commands that are processed as a result of a decision
made by the processing of an IF command. However, the DO command does not have to be associated
with an IF command. When used with an IF command, the DO command can be either the true part of
the decision (that is, the value of the THEN parameter of the IF command), or the false part of a decision
(on the ELSE command). Every Do group must be ended by the ENDDO command. Do groups can be
nested within other Do groups, but each group must have an ENDDO command to end its level of
nesting.

Restrictions: This command is valid only within a CL procedure.

There are no parameters for this command.

Top

Parameters
None
Top

Examples
Example 1: Processing a Group of Commands Unconditionally
DO
: (group of CL commands)
ENDDO

The commands between the DO and ENDDO commands are processed once, as a group of commands.

Example 2: Processing a Group of Commands Conditionally

IF &SWITCH DO
: (group of CL commands)
ENDDO

The commands between the DO and ENDDO commands are processed if the value in the logical variable
&SWITCH is ’1’. If &SWITCH is not ’1’, then control passes immediately to the next command following
the ENDDO command.
Top

© Copyright IBM Corp. 1998, 2004 267

Error messages
None
Top

268 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
Do For (DOFOR)
Where allowed to run: Parameters
v Batch program (*BPGM) Examples
Error messages
v Interactive program (*IPGM)

Threadsafe: Yes

The Do For (DOFOR) command processes a group of CL commands zero or more times based on the
values specified for the command.

The loop control CL variable (VAR parameter) is set to the initial value (FROM parameter) and compared
to the loop termination value (TO parameter). If the loop increment value (BY parameter) is positive or
zero and the control variable is less than or equal the termination value, the commands between the
DOFOR and matching ENDDO command are processed. If the loop increment value is negative and the
control variable is greater than or equal the termination value, the commands between the DOFOR and
matching ENDDO command are processed.

When control reaches the ENDDO command, the loop control variable is adjusted by the loop increment
value and compared to the loop termination value. If the control variable is greater than the termination
value (if BY is positive or zero) or less than the termination value (if BY is negative), control goes to the
command following the ENDDO command. Otherwise, control goes to the first command following the
DOFOR statement (the top of the loop).

Restrictions:
v This command is valid only in CL procedures.
v Up to 25 levels of nested DO, DOWHILE, DOUNTIL, DOFOR, IF and ELSE commands are allowed.
Top

Parameters
Keyword Description Choices Notes
VAR CL variable name CL variable name Required,
Positional 1
FROM From value Integer Required,
Positional 2
TO To value Integer Required,
Positional 3
BY By value Integer, 1 Optional

Top

CL variable name (VAR)

Specifies the CL variable used to control the DOFOR loop. The variable must be of type *INT or *UINT.
The name must start with an ampersand (&).

This is a required parameter.

© Copyright IBM Corp. 1998, 2004 269

CL-integer-variable-name
Specify the name of an integer variable to be used as the loop control.
Top

From value (FROM)

Specifies the initial value of the CL variable used to control the DOFOR loop. The value must be specified
as an integer constant, a CL variable declared as type *INT or *UINT, or an expression which results in
an integer value. The initial value is assigned to the loop control CL variable (VAR parameter) only once,
prior to processing the group of CL commands between the DOFOR command and the corresponding
ENDDO command.

This is a required parameter.

integer
Specify the constant integer value for initializing the VAR parameter.
CL-integer-variable-name
Specify the name of an integer variable to be used as initial value for the loop.
integer-expression
Specify an expression whose result will be treated as an integer value.
Top

To value (TO)
Specifies the final value to compare to the control variable (VAR parameter) to control the DOFOR loop.
The value must be specified as an integer constant, a CL variable declared as type *INT or *UINT, or an
expression which results in an integer value. The loop control CL variable (VAR parameter) will be
compared to this final value before processing the group of CL commands between the DOFOR and
corresponding ENDDO statement, and after each loop iteration.
v If the BY parameter value is negative, the loop ends when the loop control variable is less than the TO
value.
v If the BY parameter value is positive (or zero), the loop ends when the loop control variable is greater
than the TO value.

This is a required parameter.

integer
Specify the constant value to be used to be used as the terminating value for the loop.
CL-integer-variable-name
Specify the name of an integer variable to be used as the terminating value for the loop.
integer-expression
Specify an expression whose result will be treated as an integer value.
Top

By value (BY)
Specifies the amount to add to the loop control variable (VAR parameter) after each iteration of the loop.
The value must be specified as an integer constant; the value can be positive or negative or zero.

270 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
1 Increments the control variable specified for the CL variable name (VAR) parameter by 1 each
time through the loop.
integer
Specify the constant value to be added to the control variable specified for the VAR parameter.
Top

Examples
Example 1: DOFOR Command Group Fixed Number of Times
DCL VAR(&INT) TYPE(*INT) LEN(2)
:
DOFOR VAR(&INT) FROM(1) TO(10)
: (group of CL commands)
ENDDO

The group of commands between the DOFOR and ENDDO will be processed 10 times. CL variable &INT
will be set to the initial value of 1 and compared to the loop termination value of 10. After each loop
iteration, &INT will be incremented by 1 (the default for the BY parameter). After the tenth loop iteration,
&INT will have a value of 11 and control will go the command that follows the ENDDO statement.

Note: If the value of CL variable &INT is changed within the group of CL commands in the DOFOR
loop, the loop could be processed more or less than 10 times.

Example 2: DOFOR Using Variables for FROM and TO

DCL VAR(&INT) TYPE(*INT) LEN(2)
DCL VAR(&START) TYPE(*INT) LEN(2)
DCL VAR(&END) TYPE(*INT) LEN(2)
:
CHGVAR VAR(&START) VALUE(100)
CHGVAR VAR(&END) VALUE(0)
:
DOFOR VAR(&INT) FROM(&START) TO(&END) BY(-5)
: (group of CL commands)
ENDDO

The group of commands between the DOFOR and ENDDO will be processed 21 times. CL variable &INT
will be set to the initial value of 100 and compared to the loop termination value of 0. Because the
increment value is negative, the loop is processed until &INT is less than 0. After each loop iteration,
&INT will be decremented by 5 and compared to the TO value. After the twenty-first loop iteration,
&INT will have a value of -5 and control will go the command that follows the ENDDO statement.

Note: If the values of CL variables &INT or &END are changed within the group of CL commands in the
DOFOR loop, the loop could be processed more or less than 21 times. Changing the value of CL variable
&START inside the loop will not affect the loop behavior since &START is only used to set the loop
control variable (&INT) prior to the first loop iteration.
Top

Error messages
None
Top

Do For (DOFOR) 271

272 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
Do Until (DOUNTIL)
Where allowed to run: Parameters
v Batch program (*BPGM) Examples
Error messages
v Interactive program (*IPGM)

Threadsafe: Yes

The Do Until (DOUNTIL) command processes a group of CL commands one or more times. After the
commands in the group have been processed, the logical condition is evaluated.

If the logical expression is false (a logical 0), the commands in this Do Until group are processed again
for as long as the expression continues to evaluate to false. If the logical expression evaluates to true (a
logical 1), control passes to the next command following the associated ENDDO command.

Restrictions:
v This command is valid only in CL procedures.
v Up to 25 levels of nested DO, DOWHILE, DOUNTIL, DOFOR, IF and ELSE commands are allowed.
Top

Parameters
Keyword Description Choices Notes
COND Condition Logical value Required,
Positional 1

Top

Condition (COND)
Specifies the logical expression that is evaluated to determine a condition in the program and whether
the loop is processed again. Refer to ″Logical Expressions″ in the CL concepts and reference topic in the
iSeries Information Center at http://www.ibm.com/eserver/iseries/infocenter for a description of logical
expressions. Note that variables, constants, and the %SUBSTRING, %SWITCH, and %BINARY built-in
functions can be used within the expression.

This is a required parameter.

logical-value
Specify the name of a CL logical variable or a logical expression.
Top

Examples
Example 1: DOUNTIL Command Group

© Copyright IBM Corp. 1998, 2004 273

DCL VAR(&INT) TYPE(*INT) LEN(2) VALUE(10)
:
DOUNTIL COND(&INT *GT 100)
: (group of CL commands)
CHGVAR VAR(&INT) VALUE(&INT + &VAL)
ENDDO

The group of commands between the DOUNTIL and ENDDO will be processed until the value of &INT
is greater than 100 when the ENDDO command is processed. The contents of the DOUNTIL group will
be processed at least once regardless of the value of &INT at the beginning of the group.

Example 2: DOUNTIL Forever Command Group

DOUNTIL COND(’0’)
: (group of CL commands)
ENDDO

The group of commands between the DOUNTIL and ENDDO will be processed until either a LEAVE or
GOTO command is encountered.
Top

Error messages
None
Top

274 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
Do While (DOWHILE)
Where allowed to run: Parameters
v Batch program (*BPGM) Examples
Error messages
v Interactive program (*IPGM)

Threadsafe: Yes

The Do While (DOWHILE) command evaluates a logical expression and conditionally processes CL
procedure commands according to the evaluation of the expression. If the logical expression is true (a
logical 1), the commands in this Do While group are processed as long as the expression continues to
evaluate to TRUE. If the logical expression evaluates to false (a logical 0), control passes to the next
command following the associated ENDDO command.

Restrictions:
v The DOWHILE command is valid only in CL procedures.
v Up to 25 levels of nested DO, DOWHILE, DOUNTIL, DOFOR, IF and ELSE commands are allowed.
Top

Parameters
Keyword Description Choices Notes
COND Condition Logical value Required,
Positional 1

Top

Condition (COND)
Specifies the logical expression that is evaluated to determine a condition in the program and whether
the loop is processed again. Refer to ″Logical Expressions″ in the CL concepts and reference topic in the
iSeries Information Center at http://www.ibm.com/eserver/iseries/infocenter for a description of logical
expressions. Note that variables, constants, and the %SUBSTRING, %SWITCH, and %BINARY built-in
functions can be used within the expression.

This is a required parameter.

logical-value
Specify the name of a CL logical variable or a logical expression.
Top

Examples
Example 1: DOWHILE Command Group That is Never Processed

© Copyright IBM Corp. 1998, 2004 275

DCL VAR(&LGL) TYPE(*LGL) VALUE(’0’) /* False */
:
DOWHILE COND(&LGL)
: (group of CL commands)
ENDDO
:

The group of commands between the DOWHILE and ENDDO will not be processed because the initial
value of &LGL is false. Control will pass to the command following the ENDDO.

Example 2: DOWHILE Forever Command Group

DCL VAR(&LGL) TYPE(*LGL) VALUE(’1’) /* True */
:
DOWHILE &LGL
: (group of CL commands)
ENDDO
:

The group of commands between the DOWHILE and ENDDO will be processed until the value of &LGL
is set to false (a logical 0). This loop will continue until a LEAVE command or a GOTO command
specifying a label outside the DOWHILE group is run.
Top

Error messages
None
Top

276 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
Disconnect Job (DSCJOB)
Where allowed to run: All environments (*ALL) Parameters
Threadsafe: No Examples
Error messages

The Disconnect Job (DSCJOB) command allows the interactive user to disconnect all interactive jobs at
the workstation and return to the sign-on display.

Restrictions:
1. A job being disconnected must be an interactive job.
2. A job which is being held cannot be disconnected.
3. A pass-through job cannot be disconnected unless the user has used the system request function to
return to the source system from the pass-through target system.
4. The command must be issued from within the job being disconnected, or the issuer of the command
must be running under a user profile which is the same as the job user identity of the job being
disconnected, or the issuer of the command must be running under a user profile which has job
control (*JOBCTL) special authority. The job user identity is the name of the user profile by which a
job is known to other jobs. It is described in more detail in the Work Management book.
5. A job cannot be disconnected if PC organizer is active.
Top

Parameters
Keyword Description Choices Notes
LOG Job log *NOLIST, *LIST Optional,
Positional 1
DROP Drop line *DEVD, *YES, *NO Optional,
Positional 2
JOB Job name Single values: * Optional,
Other values: Qualified job name Positional 3
Qualifier 1: Job name Name
Qualifier 2: User Name
Qualifier 3: Number 000000-999999
DUPJOBOPT Duplicate job option *SELECT, *MSG Optional

Top

Job log (LOG)

Specifies whether the job log for this interactive job is deleted or is included in the job’s spooled output
for printing. This entry takes precedence over the LOG parameter value specified for the job. This
parameter has meaning only if the disconnected job is canceled due to the disconnect time interval being
exceeded. The time interval is defined by system value QDSCJOBITV.
*NOLIST
The information in the job log is deleted.
*LIST The job log, and the rest of the job’s spooled output, is spooled for printing.

© Copyright IBM Corp. 1998, 2004 277

 Top

Drop line (DROP)

Specifies whether the switched line attached to the work station is disconnected (dropped) if no other
work stations on the same line are signed on. This parameter is ignored if the work station is attached to
a nonswitched line.
*DEVD
The value specified in the Drop line at signoff (DROP) parameter of the work station’s device
description is used.
*YES The switched line is disconnected when the job is ended if no other work stations are signed on
the line.
*NO The switched line is not disconnected when the job is ended.
Top

Job name (JOB)

Specifies the name of a job being disconnected from a work station. The job or jobs that are disconnected
from a work station can be reconnected if the same user signs on the same work station.

Note: You must have job control (*JOBCTL) special authority to specify the name of an active or
interactive job.

Single values
* The jobs associated with the work station that issued this command are disconnected.

Qualifier 1: Job name

name Specify the name of the job. If no additional job qualifiers are given, all of the jobs currently in
the system are searched for the name of the job. If duplicates of the specified name are found, a
qualified job name must be specified.

Qualifier 2: User
name Specify the user name that identifies the user profile under which the job is started. Specifying
the user as a qualifier is only necessary if a duplicate job name exists for different users. If a
duplicate job name exists for the same user, the job must be qualified with the job number.

Qualifier 3: Number
000000-999999
Specify the system-assigned job number. Specifying the job number as a qualifier is only
necessary if a duplicate job name exists for the same user.
Top

Duplicate job option (DUPJOBOPT)

Specifies the action taken when duplicate jobs are found by this command.
*SELECT
The selection display is shown when duplicate jobs are found during an interactive session.
Otherwise, a message is issued.

278 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
*MSG A message is issued when duplicate jobs are found.
Top

Examples
Example 1: Disconnecting All Interactive Jobs
DSCJOB

This command enables the user of the work station to disconnect all the interactive jobs associated with
the work station. The switched line is dropped only if that is specified in the work station device
description of this work station and if no other work station on this line is active. If the job is
disconnected when the disconnect interval in the QDSCJOBITV system value is reached, the job is ended
and the job log is not included with the job’s spooled output.

Example 2: Disconnecting Job Without Releasing Switched Line

DSCJOB LOG(*LIST) DROP(*NO)

This command disconnects the interactive job, but the switched line is not released. If the job is ended
due to the QDSCJOBITV system value, the job log is included with the job’s spooled output.

Example 3: Deleting Information in Job Log

DSCJOB LOG(*NOLIST) DROP(*DEVD) JOB(123497/DEPT1/DSP04)

This command disconnects the interactive job 123497/DEPT1/DSP04 and any other jobs on that work
station, for example, secondary jobs or group jobs. If the job is disconnected when the disconnect interval
in the QDSCJOBITV system value is reached, the job is ended and the job log is not included with the
job’s spooled output. The work station device description is checked to determine whether the switched
line is disconnected.
Top

Error messages
*ESCAPE Messages
CPF1317
No response from subsystem for job &3/&2/&1.
CPF1321
Job &1 user &2 job number &3 not found.
CPF1332
End of duplicate job names.
CPF1333
Disconnect Job (DSCJOB) command not allowed for this job at this time.
CPF1344
Not authorized to control job &3/&2/&1.
CPF1351
Function check occurred in subsystem for job &3/&2/&1.
CPF1353
DSCJOB command not allowed for this job now.

Disconnect Job (DSCJOB) 279

CPF1354
DSCJOB command not allowed for this job now.
CPF1355
DSCJOB command not allowed for this job.
CPF1358
DSCJOB not allowed.
CPF1385
Disconnect Job (DSCJOB) command not allowed for this job at this time.
CPF1386
DSCJOB is not valid.
CPF1387
DSCJOB is not valid.
CPF1388
DSCJOB command not allowed at this device.
CPF1389
Disconnect Job (DSCJOB) command not allowed for this job at this time.
CPF1391
DSCJOB command not allowed for this job now.
CPF1656
Disconnect job not allowed for test request jobs.
Top

280 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
Display Access Code (DSPACC)
Where allowed to run: All environments (*ALL) Parameters
Threadsafe: No Examples
Error messages

The Display Access Code (DSPACC) command shows the access codes currently defined on the system.
The display shows both the access code number and the descriptive text associated with the access code.
The entries on the display are shown in numeric order from the lowest number to the highest number.
Top

Parameters
Keyword Description Choices Notes
OUTPUT Output *, *PRINT Optional,
Positional 1

Top

Output (OUTPUT)
Specifies whether the output from the command is displayed at the requesting work station or printed
with the job’s spooled output.

The possible values are:

* The output is displayed at the requesting work station if requested by an interactive job. If this is
not an interactive job, the output is printed with the job’s spooled output.
*PRINT
The output is printed with the job’s spooled output.

Top

Examples
DSPACC

This command, if entered interactively, displays all access codes currently on the system.
Top

Error messages
*ESCAPE Messages
CPF9845
Error occurred while opening file &1.

© Copyright IBM Corp. 1998, 2004 281

CPF9846
Error while processing file &1 in library &2.
CPF9847
Error occurred while closing file &1 in library &2.
CPF9850
Override of printer file &1 not allowed.
CPF9851
Overflow value for file &1 in &2 too small.
Top

282 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
Display Access Code Authority (DSPACCAUT)
Where allowed to run: All environments (*ALL) Parameters
Threadsafe: No Examples
Error messages

The Display Access Code Authority (DSPACCAUT) command allows you to show access codes for which
a user or group of users have authority. The display shows a list of user profile names, as well as the
access codes to which each user is authorized. The access codes are in numeric sequence for each user.
Top

Parameters
Keyword Description Choices Notes
USER User profile Single values: *CURRENT, *ALL Optional,
Other values (up to 300 repetitions): Name Positional 1
OUTPUT Output *, *PRINT Optional,
Positional 2

Top

User profile (USER)

Specifies the user profile name for which authorized access codes are displayed.

You can enter multiple values for this parameter.

The possible values are:

*CURRENT
Your access codes are displayed.
*ALL All user profile names for users in the system distribution directory and their associated access
code authority are displayed. Only the users that have associated access codes are displayed.
user-profile-name
Specify the name of the user profile for which the access codes are to be displayed.
Top

Output (OUTPUT)
Specifies whether the output from the command is displayed at the requesting work station or printed
with the job’s spooled output.

The possible values are:

* The output is displayed at the requesting work station if requested by an interactive job. If this is
not an interactive job, the output is printed with the job’s spooled output.
*PRINT
The output is printed with the job’s spooled output.

© Copyright IBM Corp. 1998, 2004 283

 Top

Examples
DSPACCAUT USER(*CURRENT) OUTPUT(*PRINT)

This command prints all access codes to which the current user is authorized.
Top

Error messages
*ESCAPE Messages
CPF9022
Access code authority not displayed because error occurred.
CPF9845
Error occurred while opening file &1.
CPF9846
Error while processing file &1 in library &2.
CPF9847
Error occurred while closing file &1 in library &2.
CPF9850
Override of printer file &1 not allowed.
CPF9851
Overflow value for file &1 in &2 too small.
Top

284 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
Display Active Prestart Jobs (DSPACTPJ)
Where allowed to run: All environments (*ALL) Parameters
Threadsafe: No Examples
Error messages

The Display Active Prestart Jobs (DSPACTPJ) command displays statistics and performance information
for active prestart jobs associated with a prestart job entry in an active subsystem. Information on the
display is collected from the time the reset key is pressed or from the time the prestart job entry is started
(either at SBS start up or when the STRPJ command is used.)
Top

Parameters
Keyword Description Choices Notes
SBS Subsystem Name Required,
Positional 1
PGM Program Qualified object name Required,
Positional 2
Qualifier 1: Program Name
Qualifier 2: Library Name, *LIBL, *CURLIB
OUTPUT Output *, *PRINT Optional

Top

Subsystem (SBS)
Specifies the name of the active subsystem that contains the prestart job entry.

This is a required parameter.

name Specify the name of the active subsystem that contains the active prestart job entry.
Top

Program (PGM)
Specifies the program that identifies the active prestart job entry.

This is a required parameter.

Qualifier 1: Program
name Specify the name of the program.

Qualifier 2: Library
*LIBL All libraries in the thread’s library list are searched until a match is found.
*CURLIB
The current library for the thread is used to locate the object. If no library is specified as the
current library for the thread, the QGPL library is used.

© Copyright IBM Corp. 1998, 2004 285

name Specify the library where the program is located.
Top

Output (OUTPUT)
Specifies whether the output from the command is displayed at the requesting work station or printed
with the job’s spooled output.
* The output is displayed for interactive jobs or printed with the job’s spooled output for
non-interactive jobs.
*PRINT
The output is printed with the job’s spooled output.
Top

Examples
Example 1: Displaying Job Information
DSPACTPJ SBS(PJSBS) PGM(QGPL/PGM1)

This command displays information for the prestart job entry in subsystem PJSBS with program PGM1 in
the QGPL library.

Example 2: Printing Job Information

DSPACTPJ SBS(PJSBS) PGM(QGPL/PGM2) OUTPUT(*PRINT)

This command prints active prestart job information for the prestart job entry in the active subsystem
PJSBS with program PGM2 in the QGPL library.
Top

Error messages
*ESCAPE Messages
CPF1317
No response from subsystem for job &3/&2/&1.
CPF1351
Function check occurred in subsystem for job &3/&2/&1.
CPF1833
Display Active Prestart Job command is not currently allowed.
CPF1834
Prestart job entry for program &1 in &2 does not exist.
CPF9801
Object &2 in library &3 not found.
CPF9810
Library &1 not found.
CPF9871
Error occurred while processing.
Top

286 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
Display Active Profile List (DSPACTPRFL)
Where allowed to run: All environments (*ALL) Parameters
Threadsafe: No Examples
Error messages

The Display Active Profile List (DSPACTPRFL) command displays the list of user profiles that will
always be considered active and therefore will not be disabled by the Analyze Profile Activity
(ANZPRFACT) command function. Those IBM user profiles which are never considered to be inactive
will not be listed. This information was gathered from the Change Active Profile List (CHGACTPRFL)
command. If the Display Active Profile List (DSPACTPRFL) command is issued before the CHGACTPRFL
command, an empty report will be produced.

Restriction: You must have *ALLOBJ special authority to use this command.
Top

Parameters
Keyword Description Choices Notes
OUTPUT Output *, *PRINT Optional,
Positional 1

Top

Output (OUTPUT)
Specifies whether the output from the command is shown at the requesting work station or printed.

The possible values are:

* Output requested by an interactive job is shown on the display. Output requested by a batch job
is printed with the job’s spooled output.
*PRINT
The output is printed with the job’s spooled output.
Top

Examples
DSPACTPRFL OUTPUT(*PRINT)

This command prints the list of profiles that are always considered active by the Analyze Profile Activity
(ANZPRFACT) command.
Top

Error messages
*ESCAPE Messages

© Copyright IBM Corp. 1998, 2004 287

CPFB304
User does not have required special authorities.
Top

288 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
Display Activation Schedule (DSPACTSCD)
Where allowed to run: All environments (*ALL) Parameters
Threadsafe: No Examples
Error messages

The Display Activation Schedule (DSPACTSCD) command displays user profiles with their enable and
disable time, and the days the profiles will be activated. This information is in file QASECACT in library
QUSRSYS and was gathered from the Change Activation Schedule Entry (CHGACTSCDE) command.

Restriction: You must have *ALLOBJ special authority to use this command.
Top

Parameters
Keyword Description Choices Notes
OUTPUT Output *, *PRINT Optional,
Positional 1

Top

Output (OUTPUT)
Specifies whether the output from the command is shown at the requesting work station or printed.

The possible values are:

* Output requested by an interactive job is shown on the display. Output requested by a batch job
is printed with the job’s spooled output.
*PRINT
The output is printed with the job’s spooled output.
Top

Examples
DSPACTSCD OUTPUT(*PRINT)

This command prints the activation schedule with the job’s spooled output.
Top

Error messages
*ESCAPE Messages
CPFB304
User does not have required special authorities.
Top

© Copyright IBM Corp. 1998, 2004 289

290 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
Display APPN Information (DSPAPPNINF)
Where allowed to run: All environments (*ALL) Parameters
Threadsafe: No Examples
Error messages

The Display APPN Information (DSPAPPNINF) command provides the user with Advanced Peer-to-Peer
Networking (APPN) network information which is used to assist in problem analysis. The user specifies
one basic type of network information being shown, printed, or stored in an output file: information
about the network topology, the local directory, or session information. More information on APPN
functions is in found in the APPN Support information in the iSeries Information Center at
http://www.iseries.ibm.com/infocenter book.
Top

Parameters
Keyword Description Choices Notes
INFTYPE Type of information *TOPOLOGY, *LCLNODE, *SSN Optional,
Positional 1
NODES Nodes *ALL, *ACTIVE, *INACTIVE Optional,
Positional 2
SSNTYPE Session type *ENDPNT, *INMSSN Optional,
Positional 3
JOB Job name Qualified job name Optional
Qualifier 1: Job name Name
Qualifier 2: User Name
Qualifier 3: Number 000000-999999
CTL Controller description Name, *ALL Optional
OUTPUT Output *, *PRINT, *OUTFILE Optional
OUTFILE File to receive output Qualified object name Optional
Qualifier 1: File to receive Name
output
Qualifier 2: Library Name, *LIBL, *CURLIB
OUTMBR Output member options Element list Optional
Element 1: Member to Name, *FIRST
receive output
Element 2: Replace or add *REPLACE, *ADD
records

Top

Type of information (INFTYPE)

Specifies the type of information given.

The possible values are:

*TOPOLOGY
The contents of the topology database is shown or printed. The local topology database contains

© Copyright IBM Corp. 1998, 2004 291

 the set of all nodes and their characteristics and, for each node, the set of link destination nodes
along with the characteristics of the connecting links.
*LCLNODE
The contents of the local directory is shown or printed. The local directory contains the local node
and the names of all remote control points and their locations.
*SSN The information about intermediate sessions or sessions that have the local node as a session
endpoint is shown or printed.
Top

Nodes (NODES)
Specifies the set of nodes that is requested. This parameter is valid only if *TOPOLOGY is specified on
the Type of information prompt (INFTYPE parameter).

The possible values are:

*ALL All nodes in the topology database are shown or printed.
*ACTIVE
Only the active nodes are shown or printed.
*INACTIVE
Only the inactive nodes are shown or printed.
Top

Session type (SSNTYPE)

Specifies which type of session information is shown. This parameter is valid only when *SSN is specified
on the Type of information prompt (INFTYPE parameter).

The possible values are:

*ENDPNT
Information about sessions for which the local node is a session endpoint is shown or printed.
*INMSSN
Information about intermediate sessions being routed through the local node is shown or printed.
Top

Job name (JOB)

Specifies the name of the job for which session information is shown or printed. If * is specified on the
Output prompt (OUTPUT parameter) and no job name is specified, a list of APPN job names run since
the most recent initial program load (IPL) of the system is displayed. You can select a job name from that
list. If *PRINT or *OUTFILE is specified on the Output prompt (OUTPUT parameter) and no job name is
specified, the session information for all APPN jobs is printed or stored in a specified output file.

This parameter is valid only if *ENDPNT is specified on the Session type prompt (SSNTYPE parameter).
job-name
Specify the job name for which session information is shown or printed.
Top

292 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
Controller description (CTL)
Specifies the controller for which intermediate sessions are requested. This parameter is valid only if
*INMSSN is specified on the Session type prompt (SSNTYPE parameter).

The possible values are:

*ALL The intermediate sessions for all controllers are shown or printed.
controller-description-name
Specify the name of the controller for which intermediate sessions are shown or printed.
Top

Output (OUTPUT)
Specifies whether the output from the command is displayed at the requesting work station or printed
with the job’s spooled output.

The possible values are:

* The output is displayed (if requested by an interactive job) or printed with the job’s spooled
output (if requested by a batch job).
*PRINT
The output is printed with the job’s spooled output.

*OUTFILE
The output is directed to the database file specified for the File to receive output (OUTFILE)
parameter.

Top

File to receive output (OUTFILE)

Specifies the name and library of the database file to which the output of the command is directed. If the
file does not exist, this command creates a database file in the specified library.

Note: If a new file is created, the system uses file QAxxxxx in library QSYS with a format name of
QLzzzz as a model, depending on the value specified on the Type of information prompt (INFTYPE
parameter). The following table lists the possible values for that parameter and the output file and model
that correspond to the values.
Parameter Values Output File Created
OUTFILE FORMAT
*TOPOLOGY QALSTDB QLSTDB
*LCLNODE QALSDIR QLSDIR
*SSN - endpoint session QALSEND QLSEND
*SSN - intermediate session QALSINM QLSINM

The possible library values are:

*LIBL The library list is used to locate the file. If the file is not found, one is created in the current
library.

Display APPN Information (DSPAPPNINF) 293

*CURLIB
The current library for the job is used to locate the file. If no library is specified as the current
library list for the job, QGPL is used.
library-name
Specify the name of the library where the file is located.
Top

Output member options (OUTMBR)

Specifies the name of the database file member to which the output is directed when *OUTFILE is
specified for the Output (OUTPUT) parameter.

The possible values for output member options are:

*FIRST
The requested APPN information is stored in the first member. If OUTMBR(*FIRST) is specified
and the member does not exist, the system creates a member with the name of the file specified
in the OUTFILE parameter.
member-name
Specify the name of the member used to store the requested APPN information. If a member
name is specified and the member does not exist, the system creates it. Valid values range from 1
through 10 characters.

The optional values are:

*REPLACE
The system clears the existing member and adds the new records.
*ADD The system adds the new records to the end of the existing records.
Top

Examples
Example 1: Printing a List
DSPAPPNINF INFTYPE(*TOPOLOGY) NODES(*ALL) OUTPUT(*PRINT)

This command prints the list of all nodes currently existing in the APPN network, the set of links
destination nodes associated with each node, and the link characteristics for each link.

Example 2: Showing a List of PCIDs

DSPAPPNINF INFTYPE(*SSN) SSNTYPE(*ENDPNT)
JOB(APPNJOB/USERPROF/000001) OUTPUT(*)

This command shows a list of procedure correlation session identifiers (PCIDs) associated with the job
name APPNJOB/USERPROF/000001. From this list, the user can specify an option to show additional
information about a session.

Example 3: Storing Contents of a Directory

DSPAPPNINF INFTYPE(*LCLNODE) OUTPUT(*OUTFILE)
OUTFILE(USERLIB/APPNFILE) OUTMBR(*FIRST, *REPLACE)

294 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
This command stores the contents of the local directory in the first member of an output file named
USERLIB/APPNFILE. If information already exists in this member, the new information replaces the
existing information.
Top

Error messages
None
Top

Display APPN Information (DSPAPPNINF) 295

296 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
Display Audit Journal Entries (DSPAUDJRNE)
Where allowed to run: All environments (*ALL) Parameters
Threadsafe: No Examples
Error messages

The Display Audit Journal Entries (DSPAUDJRNE) command allows you to generate security journal
audit reports. The reports are based on the audit entry types and the user profile specified on the
command. Reports can be limited to specific time frames and detached journal receivers can be searched.
The reports are directed to the active display or a spooled file.

The audit entries for which you can run reports is a subset of the audit entries that may be generated.
For information on all of the possible audit entries, see Chapter 9 of the Security Reference manual.

Restriction: You must have *AUDIT special authority to use this command.
Top

Parameters
Keyword Description Choices Notes
ENTTYP Journal entry types Values (up to 30 repetitions): AF, CA, CD, CO, CP, CU, Optional,
CV, DO, EV, GR, IP, JS, ND, NE, OM, OR, OW, PA, PG, Positional 1
PO, PS, PW, SF, SO, SV, VO, YC, YR, ZC, ZR
USRPRF User profile Name, *ALL Optional,
Positional 2
JRNRCV Journal receiver searched Single values: *CURRENT, *CURCHAIN Optional
Other values: Element list
Element 1: Starting journal Qualified object name
receiver
Qualifier 1: Starting journal Name
receiver
Qualifier 2: Library Name, *LIBL, *CURLIB
Element 2: Ending journal Single values: *CURRENT
receiver Other values: Qualified object name
Qualifier 1: Ending journal Name
receiver
Qualifier 2: Library Name, *LIBL, *CURLIB
FROMTIME Starting date and time Single values: *FIRST Optional
Other values: Element list
Element 1: Starting date Date
Element 2: Starting time Time
TOTIME Ending date and time Single values: *LAST Optional
Other values: Element list
Element 1: Ending date Date
Element 2: Ending time Time
OUTPUT Output *PRINT, * Optional

Top

© Copyright IBM Corp. 1998, 2004 297

Journal entry types (ENTTYP)
The journal entry types to be included in the report.

The possible values are:

AF Authorization failure entries.
CA Change authority entries.
CD Command string entries.
CO Create object entries.
CP Change user profile entries.
CU Cluster management operations.
CV Connection verfication.
DO Delete object entries.
EV Environment variable operations.
GR Generic record.
IP Interprocess communication
JS Actions against jobs entries.
ND Directory search filter violations.
NE End point filter violations.
OM Object move or rename.
OR Object restored entries.
OW Object ownership changed entries.
PG Change of an object’s primary group.
PO Printed output entries.
PS Profile swap.
PW Invalid password entries.
SF Action on spooled files entries.
SO System values changed entries.
SV System values changed entries.
VO Validation list actions.
YC DLO object changed entries.
YR DLO object read entries.
ZC Object changed entries.
ZR Object read entries.
Top

298 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
User profile (USRPRF)
Journal entries created for a user profile’s actions are included in the report.

The possible values are:

*ALL The report will include entries for all user profiles.
user-name
The name of the user profile whose journal entries are to be included in the report.
Top

Journal receiver searched (JRNRCV)

The name of the starting (first) and ending (last) journal receivers whose journal entries are searched.

Note: If the maximum number of receivers (256) in the range is surpassed, an error occurs and no journal
entries are converted.

The possible values are:

*CURRENT
Journal entries in the currently attached journal receiver are searched.
*CURCHAIN
Journal entries in the currently attached journal receiver chain are searched. If there is a break in
the chain, the receiver range is from the most recent break in the chain through the receiver that
is attached when starting to convert journal entries.

Element 1: Starting Journal Receiver

starting-journal-receiver
The name and library of the first journal receiver from which entries are searched.
The possible library values are:
*LIBL The library list is used to locate the journal receiver.
*CURLIB
The current library for the job is used to locate the journal receiver. If no library is specified as
the current library for the job, QGPL is used.
library-name
The library where the journal receiver is located.
Element 2: Ending Journal Receiver
*CURRENT
The journal receiver that is currently attached is used as the ending journal receiver.
ending-journal-receiver
The name and library of the last journal receiver from which entries are searched.
The possible library values are:
*LIBL The library list is used to locate the journal receiver.
*CURLIB
The current library for the job is used to locate the journal receiver. If no library is
specified as the current library for the job, QGPL is used.

Display Audit Journal Entries (DSPAUDJRNE) 299

 library-name
The library where the journal receiver is located.

Top

Starting date and time (FROMTIME)

The date and time of the first journal entry to be searched.

The possible values are:

*FIRST
Specifies that the search is to begin with the first record in the journal receiver.

Element 1: Starting entry date

starting-date
The starting date. The starting date and time of the first journal entry occurring at or after the
specified starting date and time becomes the starting point for the range of entries to be searched.

Element 2: Starting entry time

starting-time
The starting time. The starting date and time of the first journal entry occurring at or after the
specified starting date and time becomes the starting point for the range of entries to be searched.
The time can be specified with or without a time separator:
v Without a time separator, specify a string of 4 or 6 digits (hhmm or hhmmss) where hh =
hours, mm = minutes, and ss = seconds.
v With a time separator, specify a string of 5 or 8 digits where the time separator specified for
your job is used to separate the hours, minutes, and seconds. If you enter this command from
the command line, the string must be enclosed in apostrophes. If a time separator other than
the separator specified for your job is used, this command will fail.
Top

Ending date and time (TOTIME)

The creation date and time of the last journal entry to be searched.

The possible values are:

*LAST
Specifies that the search is to end with the last record in the journal receiver.

Element 1: Ending entry date

ending-date
The ending date. The ending date and time of the first journal entry occurring at or before the
specified ending time on the specified ending date becomes the ending point for the range of
entries to be searched.

Element 2: Ending entry time

300 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
ending-time
The ending time. The ending date and time of the first journal entry occurring at or before the
specified ending time on the specified ending date becomes the ending point for the range of
entries to be searched.
The time can be specified with or without a time separator:
v Without a time separator, specify a string of 4 or 6 digits (hhmm or hhmmss) where hh =
hours, mm = minutes, and ss = seconds.
v With a time separator, specify a string of 5 or 8 digits where the time separator specified for
your job is used to separate the hours, minutes, and seconds. If you enter this command from
the command line, the string must be enclosed in apostrophes. If a time separator other than
the separator specified for your job is used, this command will fail.
Top

Output (OUTPUT)
Specifies whether the output from the command is displayed at the requesting work station or printed
with the job’s spooled output.

The possible value are:

*PRINT
The output is printed with the job’s spooled output.
* The output is shown (if requested by an interactive job) or printed with the job’s spooled output
(if requested by a batch job).
Top

Examples
DSPAUDJRNE ENTTYP(AF) OUTPUT(*)

This command displays all ’Authority Failure’ audit records in the current journal receiver.
Top

Error messages
None
Top

Display Audit Journal Entries (DSPAUDJRNE) 301

302 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
Display Authority (DSPAUT)
Where allowed to run: All environments (*ALL) Parameters
Threadsafe: No Examples
Error messages

The Display Authority (DSPAUT) command shows the list of authorized users of an object and their
authorities for the object. If the object is secured by an authorization list, the name of the authorization
list is also shown.

The following are shown for the specified object:

v The object path name.
v The name of the object’s owner.
v The name of the object’s primary group.
v The name of the authorization list securing the object.
v A list of all the users who are authorized to use the object.
v The authorities that each user has for the object.

If an object does not have an owner name associated with it, no authorities for the object are shown.

See Appendix D of the iSeries Security Reference, SC41-5302 for the authorities needed to use this
command.

For more information about integrated file system commands, see the Integrated file system information
in the iSeries Information Center at http://www.ibm.com/eserver/iseries/infocenter.
Top

Parameters
Keyword Description Choices Notes
OBJ Object Path name Required,
Positional 1
OUTPUT Output *, *PRINT Optional

Top

Object (OBJ)
This is a required parameter.

The path name of the object for which the authorized users and their authorities are displayed.

For more information on specifying path names, refer to ″Object naming rules″ in ″CL concepts and
reference″ in the CL concepts and reference topic in the iSeries Information Center at
http://www.ibm.com/eserver/iseries/infocenter.
Top

© Copyright IBM Corp. 1998, 2004 303

Output (OUTPUT)
Specifies whether the output from the command is displayed at the requesting work station or printed
with the job’s spooled output.
* The output is displayed (if requested by an interactive job) or printed with the job’s spooled
output (if requested by a batch job).
*PRINT
The output is printed with the job’s spooled output.

*OUTFILE
The output is directed to the database file specified for the File to receive output (OUTFILE)
parameter.

Top

Examples
Example 1: Displaying Users and Authorities
DSPAUT OBJ(’/QSYS.LIB/ARLIB.LIB/PROG1.PGM’)

This command shows the authorized users and their authorities for the object named PROG1 to the user
who entered the command, if that user has object management authority for the object. PROG1 is a
program located in the library named ARLIB. The system assumes * for the device that shows the output
list. If the command was entered in the batch subsystem, the output is placed in the default output queue
for the job. If the command was entered in the interactive subsystem, the output is shown on the device
where the user entered the command.

Example 2: Printing List of Users

DSPAUT OBJ(’/MYDIR/MYOBJECT’) OUTPUT(*PRINT)

This command causes the list of authorized users of MYOBJECT in the MYDIR directory to be printed.
Top

Error messages
*ESCAPE Messages
CPDA080
User profile name too long.
CPE3101
A non-recoverable I/O error occurred.
CPE3408
The address used for an argument was not correct.
CPE3418
Possible APAR condition or hardware failure.
CPE3474
Unknown system state.

304 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
CPFA0AA
Error occurred while attempting to obtain space.
CPFA0AB
Operation failed for object. Object is &1.
CPFA0AD
Function not supported by file system.
CPFA0A1
An input or output error occurred.
CPFA0A2
Information passed to this operation was not valid.
CPFA0A3
Path name resolution causes looping.
CPFA0A4
Too many open files for process.
CPFA0A5
Too many open files.
CPFA0A7
Path name too long.
CPFA0A9
Object not found. Object is &1.
CPFA0B1
Requested operation not allowed. Access problem.
CPFA0C0
Buffer overflow occurred.
CPFA0C1
CCSID &1 not valid.
CPFA08B
Path name cannot begin with *.
CPFA08C
Pattern not allowed in path name directory.
CPFA08E
More than one name matches pattern.
CPFA085
Home directory not found for user &1.
CPFA086
Matching quote not found in path name.
CPFA087
Path name contains null character.
CPFA088
Path name pattern not valid.
CPFA09C
Not authorized to object. Object is &1.
CPFA09D
Error occurred in program &1.

Display Authority (DSPAUT) 305

CPFA09E
Object in use. Object is &1.
CPFA09F
Object damaged. Object is &1.
CPFA091
Pattern not allowed in user name.
CPFA092
Path name not converted.
CPFA093
Name matching pattern not found.
CPFA094
Path name not specified.
CPF1F05
Directory handle not valid.
CPF1F41
Severe error occurred while addressing parameter list.
CPF1F4A
Value for number of directory entries not valid.
CPF1F53
Value for length of data buffer not valid.
CPF2203
User profile &1 not correct.
CPF22F0
Unexpected errors occurred during processing.
CPF2225
Not able to allocate internal system object.
CPF9801
Object &2 in library &3 not found.
CPF9802
Not authorized to object &2 in &3.
CPF9803
Cannot allocate object &2 in library &3.
Top

306 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
Display Authority Holder (DSPAUTHLR)
Where allowed to run: All environments (*ALL) Parameters
Threadsafe: No Examples
Error messages

The Display Authority Holder (DSPAUTHLR) command shows a list of authority holders. The list shows
the name of the object that the authority holder secures, the name of the library where the object is
found, the object type, the owner of the object, and the primary group of the object.
Top

Parameters
Keyword Description Choices Notes
OUTPUT Output *, *PRINT, *OUTFILE Optional,
Positional 1
OUTFILE File to receive output Single values: *NONE Optional,
Other values: Qualified object name Positional 2
Qualifier 1: File to receive Name
output
Qualifier 2: Library Name, *LIBL, *CURLIB
OUTMBR Output member options Element list Optional
Element 1: Member to Name, *FIRST
receive output
Element 2: Replace or add *REPLACE, *ADD
records

Top

Output (OUTPUT)
Specifies whether the output from the command is displayed at the requesting work station or printed
with the job’s spooled output.
* The output is displayed (if requested by an interactive job) or printed with the job’s spooled
output (if requested by a batch job).
*PRINT
The output is printed with the job’s spooled output.

*OUTFILE
The output is directed to the database file specified for the File to receive output (OUTFILE)
parameter.

Top

© Copyright IBM Corp. 1998, 2004 307

File to receive output (OUTFILE)
The name and library of the database file to which the output of the command is directed. If the file does
not exist, this command creates a database file in the specified library. If the file is created, the public
authority to the file is the same as the create authority specified for the library in which the file is
created. Use the Display Library Description (DSPLIBD) command to show the library’s create authority.

Qualifier 2: Library
*LIBL All libraries in the library list for the current thread are searched until the first match is found.
*CURLIB
The current library for the thread is searched. If no library is specified as the current library for
the thread, the QGPL library is used.
name Specify the name of the library to be searched.

Note: If a new file is created, system file QADSHLR in system library QSYS with a format name of
QSYDSHLR is used as a model.
Top

Output member options (OUTMBR)

Specifies the name of the database file member that receives the output of the command.

The possible name values are:

Element 1: Member to Receive Output

*FIRST
The first member in the file receives the output. If OUTMBR(*FIRST) is specified and the member
does not exist, the system creates a member with the name of the file specified for the File to
receive output (OUTFILE) parameter. If the member already exists, you have the option to add
new records to the end of the existing member or clear the member and then add the new
records.
member-name
The file member that receives the output. If OUTMBR(member-name) is specified and the
member does not exist, the system creates it. If the member already exists, the user has the option
to add new records to the end of the existing member or clear the member and then add the new
records.

Element 2: Operation to Perform on Member

*REPLACE
The system clears the existing member and adds the new records.
*ADD The system adds the new records to the end of the existing records.

Top

308 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
Examples
DSPAUTHLR OUTPUT(*PRINT)

This command sends the display of the authority holder list to the printer.
Top

Error messages
*ESCAPE Messages
CPF9860
Error occurred during output file processing.
Top

Display Authority Holder (DSPAUTHLR) 309

310 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
Display Authorization List (DSPAUTL)
Where allowed to run: All environments (*ALL) Parameters
Threadsafe: No Examples
Error messages

The Display Authorization List (DSPAUTL) command shows the list of users (and their levels of
authority) that make up the authorization list.

When an authorization list is first shown, the specific authorities shown are determined by the level of
detailed information specified on the USROPT parameter in the user profile.

When the DSPAUTL command is used to display an authorization list, the user specifies the name of the
authorization list, whether the authorization list should be shown on the display or sent to a printer, or
(optionally) whether the output should be sent to an OUTFILE.
Top

Parameters
Keyword Description Choices Notes
AUTL Authorization list Qualifier list Required,
Positional 1
Qualifier 1: Authorization Name
list
OUTPUT Output *, *PRINT, *OUTFILE Optional,
Positional 2
OUTFILE File to receive output Qualified object name Optional
Qualifier 1: File to receive Name
output
Qualifier 2: Library Name, *LIBL, *CURLIB
OUTMBR Output member options Element list Optional
Element 1: Member to Name, *FIRST
receive output
Element 2: Replace or add *REPLACE, *ADD
records

Top

Authorization list (AUTL)

This is a required parameter.

The name of the authorization list displayed.

Top

Output (OUTPUT)
Specifies whether the output from the command is displayed at the requesting work station or printed
with the job’s spooled output.

© Copyright IBM Corp. 1998, 2004 311

* The output is displayed (if requested by an interactive job) or printed with the job’s spooled
output (if requested by a batch job).
*PRINT
The output is printed with the job’s spooled output.

*OUTFILE
The output is directed to the database file specified for the File to receive output (OUTFILE)
parameter.

Top

File to receive output (OUTFILE)

The name and library of the database file to which the output of the command is directed. If the file does
not exist, this command creates a database file in the specified library. If the file is created, the public
authority to the file is the same as the create authority specified for the library in which the file is
created. Use the Display Library Description (DSPLIBD) command to show the library’s create authority.

Qualifier 2: Library
*LIBL All libraries in the library list for the current thread are searched until the first match is found.
*CURLIB
The current library for the thread is searched. If no library is specified as the current library for
the thread, the QGPL library is used.
name Specify the name of the library to be searched.

Note: If a new file is created, system file QAOBJAUT in system library QSYS with a format name of
QSYDSAUT is used as a model.
Top

Output member options (OUTMBR)

Specifies the name of the database file member that receives the output of the command.

The possible name values are:

Element 1: Member to Receive Output

*FIRST
The first member in the file receives the output. If OUTMBR(*FIRST) is specified and the member
does not exist, the system creates a member with the name of the file specified for the File to
receive output (OUTFILE) parameter. If the member already exists, you have the option to add
new records to the end of the existing member or clear the member and then add the new
records.
member-name
The file member that receives the output. If OUTMBR(member-name) is specified and the
member does not exist, the system creates it. If the member already exists, the user has the option
to add new records to the end of the existing member or clear the member and then add the new
records.

312 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
Element 2: Operation to Perform on Member
*REPLACE
The system clears the existing member and adds the new records.
*ADD The system adds the new records to the end of the existing records.

Top

Examples
DSPAUTL AUTL(DEPT48X) OUTPUT(*PRINT)

This command sends the display of the authorization list to the printer.
Top

Error messages
*ESCAPE Messages
CPF2204
User profile &1 not found.
CPF2207
Not authorized to use object &1 in library &3 type *&2.
CPF2208
Object &1 in library &3 type *&2 not found.
CPF2209
Library &1 not found.
CPF2211
Not able to allocate object &1 in &3 type *&2.
CPF2216
Not authorized to use library &1.
CPF2283
Authorization list &1 does not exist.
CPF9843
Object &1 in library &3 type &2 cannot be accessed.
CPF9860
Error occurred during output file processing.
Top

Display Authorization List (DSPAUTL) 313

314 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
Display Authorization List DLO (DSPAUTLDLO)
Where allowed to run: All environments (*ALL) Parameters
Threadsafe: No Examples
Error messages

The Display Authorization List Document Library Objects (DSPAUTLDLO) command allows you to show
the list of documents and folders whose security is specified by the authorization list specified on the
Authorization list prompt (AUTL parameter).

Restrictions: (1) If you are on the list with authority other than *EXCLUDE, or if you are not on the list
and public authority is something other than *EXCLUDE, you are authorized to display the documents
and folders. (2) If you are not authorized to the document or folder because of private authorities, the
object is marked not authorized in the text field.
Top

Parameters
Keyword Description Choices Notes
AUTL Authorization list Name Required,
Positional 1
OUTPUT Output *, *PRINT Optional,
Positional 2

Top

Authorization list (AUTL)

Specifies the name of the authorization list whose list of documents and folders is to be displayed.
Top

Output (OUTPUT)
Specifies whether the output from the command is displayed at the requesting work station or printed
with the job’s spooled output.

The possible values are:

* The output is displayed at the requesting work station if requested by an interactive job. If this is
not an interactive job, the output is printed with the job’s spooled output.
*PRINT
The output is printed with the job’s spooled output.

Top

© Copyright IBM Corp. 1998, 2004 315

Examples
DSPAUTLDLO AUTL(PAYROLL) OUTPUT(*PRINT)

This command sends the display output for the authorization list named PAYROLL to a printer.
Top

Error messages
*ESCAPE Messages
CPF22AF
Not authorized to authorization list &1.
CPF2283
Authorization list &1 does not exist.
CPF2289
Unable to allocate authorization list &1.
CPF9012
Start of document interchange session not successful for &1.
CPF9032
Document interchange session not started.
CPF9845
Error occurred while opening file &1.
CPF9846
Error while processing file &1 in library &2.
CPF9850
Override of printer file &1 not allowed.
CPF9851
Overflow value for file &1 in &2 too small.
Top

316 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
Display Authorization List Obj (DSPAUTLOBJ)
Where allowed to run: All environments (*ALL) Parameters
Threadsafe: No Examples
Error messages

The Display Authorization List Objects (DSPAUTLOBJ) command displays the list of objects that are
secured by the authorization list specified on the Authorization list prompt (AUTL parameter). If a user
is on the list with authority other than *EXCLUDE, or is not on the list and public authority is something
other than *EXCLUDE, the user is authorized to display the objects. If the user is not authorized to an
object because of private authorities, the object is marked *NOT AUTHORIZED in the text field.
Top

Parameters
Keyword Description Choices Notes
AUTL Authorization list Name Required,
Positional 1
OUTPUT Output *, *PRINT, *OUTFILE Optional,
Positional 2
OUTFILE File to receive output Qualified object name Optional
Qualifier 1: File to receive Name
output
Qualifier 2: Library Name, *LIBL, *CURLIB
OUTMBR Output member options Element list Optional
Element 1: Member to Name, *FIRST
receive output
Element 2: Replace or add *REPLACE, *ADD
records

Top

Authorization list (AUTL)

This is a required parameter.

The name of the authorization list whose list of objects is shown.

Top

Output (OUTPUT)
Specifies whether the output from the command is displayed at the requesting work station or printed
with the job’s spooled output.
* The output is displayed (if requested by an interactive job) or printed with the job’s spooled
output (if requested by a batch job).
*PRINT
The output is printed with the job’s spooled output.

© Copyright IBM Corp. 1998, 2004 317

*OUTFILE
The output is directed to the database file specified for the File to receive output (OUTFILE)
parameter.

Top

File to receive output (OUTFILE)

The name and library of the database file to which the output of the command is directed. If the file does
not exist, this command creates a database file in the specified library. If the file is created, the public
authority to the file is the same as the create authority specified for the library in which the file is
created. Use the Display Library Description (DSPLIBD) command to show the library’s create authority.

Qualifier 2: Library
*LIBL All libraries in the library list for the current thread are searched until the first match is found.
*CURLIB
The current library for the thread is searched. If no library is specified as the current library for
the thread, the QGPL library is used.
name Specify the name of the library to be searched.

Note: If a new file is created, system file QADALO in system library QSYS with a format name of
QSYDALO is used as a model.
Top

Output member options (OUTMBR)

Specifies the name of the database file member that receives the output of the command.

The possible name values are:

Element 1: Member to Receive Output

*FIRST
The first member in the file receives the output. If OUTMBR(*FIRST) is specified and the member
does not exist, the system creates a member with the name of the file specified for the File to
receive output (OUTFILE) parameter. If the member already exists, you have the option to add
new records to the end of the existing member or clear the member and then add the new
records.
member-name
The file member that receives the output. If OUTMBR(member-name) is specified and the
member does not exist, the system creates it. If the member already exists, the user has the option
to add new records to the end of the existing member or clear the member and then add the new
records.

Element 2: Operation to Perform on Member

*REPLACE
The system clears the existing member and adds the new records.

318 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
*ADD The system adds the new records to the end of the existing records.

Top

Examples
DSPAUTLOBJ AUTL(PAYROLL) OUTPUT(*OUTFILE)
OUTFILE(*LIBL/PAYROLL) OUTMBR(DARL *REPLACE)

This command places the output in the database file PAYROLL, member name DARL. If member DARL
already exists, the system clears it and adds the new records.
Top

Error messages
*ESCAPE Messages
CPF22AF
Not authorized to authorization list &1.
CPF2283
Authorization list &1 does not exist.
CPF2289
Unable to allocate authorization list &1.
CPF9860
Error occurred during output file processing.
Top

Display Authorization List Obj (DSPAUTLOBJ) 319

320 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
Appendix. Notices
This information was developed for products and services offered in the U.S.A.

IBM may not offer the products, services, or features discussed in this document in other countries.
Consult your local IBM representative for information on the products and services currently available in
your area. Any reference to an IBM product, program, or service is not intended to state or imply that
only that IBM product, program, or service may be used. Any functionally equivalent product, program,
or service that does not infringe any IBM intellectual property right may be used instead. However, it is
the user’s responsibility to evaluate and verify the operation of any non-IBM product, program, or
service.

IBM may have patents or pending patent applications covering subject matter described in this
document. The furnishing of this document does not give you any license to these patents. You can send
license inquiries, in writing, to:
IBM Director of Licensing
IBM Corporation
500 Columbus Avenue
Thornwood, NY8809
U.S.A.

For license inquiries regarding double-byte (DBCS) information, contact the IBM Intellectual Property
Department in your country or send inquiries, in writing, to:
IBM World Trade Asia Corporation
Licensing
2-31 Roppongi 3-chome, Minato-ku
Tokyo 106, Japan

The following paragraph does not apply to the United Kingdom or any other country where such
provisions are inconsistent with local law: INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS MACHINES CORPORATION
PROVIDES THIS PUBLICATION “AS IS” WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS
OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Some
states do not allow disclaimer of express or implied warranties in certain transactions, therefore, this
statement may not apply to you.

This information could include technical inaccuracies or typographical errors. Changes are periodically
made to the information herein; these changes will be incorporated in new editions of the publication.
IBM may make improvements and/or changes in the product(s) and/or the program(s) described in this
publication at any time without notice.

Any references in this information to non-IBM Web sites are provided for convenience only and do not in
any manner serve as an endorsement of those Web sites. The materials at those Web sites are not part of
the materials for this IBM product and use of those Web sites is at your own risk.

IBM may use or distribute any of the information you supply in any way it believes appropriate without
incurring any obligation to you.

Licensees of this program who wish to have information about it for the purpose of enabling: (i) the
exchange of information between independently created programs and other programs (including this
one) and (ii) the mutual use of the information which has been exchanged, should contact:
IBM Corporation

© Copyright IBM Corp. 1998, 2004 321

Software Interoperability Coordinator, Department 49XA
3605 Highway 52 N
Rochester, MN 55901
U.S.A.

Such information may be available, subject to appropriate terms and conditions, including in some cases,
payment of a fee.

The licensed program described in this information and all licensed material available for it are provided
by IBM under terms of the IBM Customer Agreement, IBM International Program License Agreement, or
any equivalent agreement between us.

Information concerning non-IBM products was obtained from the suppliers of those products, their
published announcements or other publicly available sources. IBM has not tested those products and
cannot confirm the accuracy of performance, compatibility or any other claims related to non-IBM
products. Questions on the capabilities of non-IBM products should be addressed to the suppliers of
those products.

This information contains examples of data and reports used in daily business operations. To illustrate
them as completely as possible, the examples include the names of individuals, companies, brands, and
products. All of these names are fictitious and any similarity to the names and addresses used by an
actual business enterprise is entirely coincidental.

COPYRIGHT LICENSE:

This information contains sample application programs in source language, which illustrate programming
techniques on various operating platforms. You may copy, modify, and distribute these sample programs
in any form without payment to IBM, for the purposes of developing, using, marketing or distributing
application programs conforming to the application programming interface for the operating platform for
which the sample programs are written. These examples have not been thoroughly tested under all
conditions. IBM, therefore, cannot guarantee or imply reliability, serviceability, or function of these
programs. You may copy, modify, and distribute these sample programs in any form without payment to
IBM for the purposes of developing, using, marketing, or distributing application programs conforming
to IBM’s application programming interfaces.

If you are viewing this information softcopy, the photographs and color illustrations may not appear.

Trademarks
The following terms are trademarks of International Business Machines Corporation in the United States,
other countries, or both:

Advanced Function Printing

AFP
AS/400
CICS
COBOL/400
C/400
DataPropagator
DB2
IBM
Infoprint
InfoWindow
iSeries
LPDA
OfficeVision

322 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)
OS/400
Print Services Facility
RPG/400
SystemView
System/36
TCS
WebSphere

Microsoft, Windows, Windows NT, and the Windows logo are trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the
United States, other countries, or both.

Java and all Java-based trademarks are trademarks of Sun Microsystems, Inc. in the United States, other
countries, or both.

UNIX is a registered trademark of The Open Group in the United States and other countries.

Other company, product, and service names may be trademarks or service marks of others.

Terms and conditions for downloading and printing publications

Permissions for the use of the publications you have selected for download are granted subject to the
following terms and conditions and your indication of acceptance thereof.

Personal Use: You may reproduce these Publications for your personal, noncommercial use provided that
all proprietary notices are preserved. You may not distribute, display or make derivative works of these
Publications, or any portion thereof, without the express consent of IBM.

Commercial Use: You may reproduce, distribute and display these Publications solely within your
enterprise provided that all proprietary notices are preserved. You may not make derivative works of
these Publications, or reproduce, distribute or display these Publications or any portion thereof outside
your enterprise, without the express consent of IBM.

Except as expressly granted in this permission, no other permissions, licenses or rights are granted, either
express or implied, to the Publications or any information, data, software or other intellectual property
contained therein.

IBM reserves the right to withdraw the permissions granted herein whenever, in its discretion, the use of
the Publications is detrimental to its interest or, as determined by IBM, the above instructions are not
being properly followed.

You may not download, export or re-export this information except in full compliance with all applicable
laws and regulations, including all United States export laws and regulations. IBM MAKES NO
GUARANTEE ABOUT THE CONTENT OF THESE PUBLICATIONS. THE PUBLICATIONS ARE
PROVIDED ″AS-IS″ AND WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED,
INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE

All material copyrighted by IBM Corporation.

By downloading or printing a publication from this site, you have indicated your agreement with these
terms and conditions.

Code disclaimer information

This document contains programming examples.

Appendix. Notices 323

IBM grants you a nonexclusive copyright license to use all programming code examples from which you
can generate similar function tailored to your own specific needs.

All sample code is provided by IBM for illustrative purposes only. These examples have not been
thoroughly tested under all conditions. IBM, therefore, cannot guarantee or imply reliability, serviceability,
or function of these programs.

All programs contained herein are provided to you ″AS IS″ without any warranties of any kind. The
implied warranties of non-infringement, merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose are expressly
disclaimed.

324 iSeries: Operating System/400 Commands Starting with DLTFORMDF (Delete Form Definition)



Printed in USA